FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for...

148
Pat Deneen © Kirk Paulsen FREESTYLE/FREESKIING COMPETITION GUIDE 2013

Transcript of FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for...

Page 1: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

Pat D

eneen © K

irk Paulsen

FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGc o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e

2 0 1 3

Page 2: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

Stay at Marriott and Support the USSA!Book Group Lodging and Save When booking groups of five rooms or more, please contact Natalie Fullmer, USSA's direct sales contact at Marriott. Natalie will be able to negotiate the best available rate. You may also visit www.marriott.com/ussa for additional information. Remember, by booking through Natalie and/or the url, you are supporting USSA athletic programs:

Natalie Fullmer, Marriott International, Inc. Phone: 801.419.6906 Email: [email protected]

Personal Travel Going to a race or on a family vacation? Book at a Marriott anywhere in the world through one of the Marriott web banners on any USSA webpage and the USSA will receive benefits from Marriott to support USSA athletes!

Visit www.marriott.com/ussa for more information.

Page 3: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

1

2013 USSA FreeStyle / FreeSKIING competItIoN GUIde

on the coverU.S. Ski Team member Pat Deneen

Photo © Kirk Paulsen

editorsTodd Schirman, Freestyle Program DirectorCheryl Pearson, Freestyle Program ManagerAbbi Nyberg, Freeskiing Program Manager

managing editor & layoutJeff Weinman

cover designKathie Perhai - USSA Director, Creative Serives

published byU.S. Ski and Snowboard Association

Box 1001 Victory Lane

Park City, UT 84060www.ussa.org

Follow the U.S. Ski Team and U.S. Freeskiing atwww.usskiteam.com and www.usfreeskiing.com

Copyright 2012 by the U.S. Ski and Snowboard Association. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher. Printed in the USA by RR Donnelley. Additional copies of this guide are available for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666.

Page 4: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

2

tAble oF coNteNtS USSA Key contact directory 4Freestyle divisional contacts 6

chapter 1: Getting Started 7Athletic Advancement 8Where to Find More Information 9USSA Membership Categories 9Parents 10USSA Insurance Coverage 10

chapter 2: points and rankings 13Points List Purpose 14Points List Procedures 14Competition Rules 16

chapter 3: divisional programs 23USSA Central 24USSA Eastern 27USSA Far West 39USSA Intermountain 41USSA Northern 45USSA Pacific Northwest 48USSA Alaska 50USSA Rocky Mountain 52

chapter 4: competition 61Age Class Competition 62Junior Nationals 62FIS Junior World Championships 64U.S. Selection Events 64North American Tour (NorAms) 65U.S. Freestyle Championships – Aerials, Moguls & Dual Moguls 66U.S. Grand Prix – Halfpipe, Slopestyle and Ski Cross 67Europa Cup and FIS Competitions Criteria 67U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and World Cup Criteria 67U.S. Freeskiing Team Criteria 672013-14 Freestyle Development Group 67Young Guns Aerial and Moguls Program 68

Page 5: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

3

chapter 5: rules 69Table of Contents 703000 Organization 734000 Aerials 954200 Moguls 964300 Dual Moguls 984500 Ski Cross 1004600 Halfpipe 1044700 Slopestyle 108rules for Scoring6000 Aerials 1106200 Moguls 1216300 Dual Moguls 128

Appendix A - Technical Specifications for Courses 131Appendix B - Technical Specifications for Divisional Aerial 133 Novice Difficulty CoursesAppendix C - Technical Specifications Halfpipe 134

code of conduct 135concussion checklist 144

Page 6: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

4

USSA Key coNtAct dIrectory USSA member Service (fax 435.647.2052)Member Service Hotline 435.647.2666 [email protected] Websites www.ussa.org www.usskiteam.com / www.ussnowboarding.com / www.usfreeskiing.comSprint Snow News Hotline 435.649.6666National Office (fax 435.649.3613)USSA 435.649.9090 [email protected] Box 1001 Victory LanePark City, UT 84060executive managementBill Marolt, President/CEO 435.647.2001 [email protected] Lampe, Executive VP & CFO 435.647.2002 [email protected] Cantin, USSA Exec. Projects Mgr. 435.647.2074 [email protected] Coe, Consultant 435.647.2004 [email protected] LaCasse, Special Asst. to the CEO 435.640.8644 [email protected] Vanderlinden, Director HR/Admin. 435.647.2003 [email protected] Hamble, Insurance Coordinator 435.647.2019 [email protected] Vaughn, Executive Assistant 435.647.2006 [email protected] Schirman, Freestyle Program Director 435.647.2080 [email protected] Pearson, Freestyle Program Manager 435.647.2068 [email protected]. Snowboarding and U.S. FreeskiingJeremy Forster, Program Director 435.647.2079 [email protected] Nyberg, Program Manager 435.647.2081 [email protected] Morton, Team Manager 435.647.2034 [email protected] Riml, Alpine Program Director 435.647.2020 [email protected] Avrin, Men’s Team and NDS Manager 435.647.2036 [email protected] Steinbach, Women’s Team Manager 435.647.2025 [email protected]. Lester Keller, Regional Development Dir. 435.647.2035 [email protected] Skinner, Masters Manager 435.647.2067 [email protected] Bodensteiner, Exec. VP Athletics 435.647.2055 [email protected] Rahn, Athletics Manager 435.647.2016 [email protected] Kelly, VP Communications 435.647.2010 [email protected] Christiansen, Communications Dir. 435.647.2022 [email protected] Haney, Chief Press Officer 518.524.4674 [email protected] ServicesJeff Weinman, Asst. Ntl. Comp. Director 435.647.2030 [email protected]. Ehlers, National Rankings Coordinator 435.647.2037 [email protected]

Page 7: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

5

content and creative ServicesKatie Perhai, Director, Creative Services 435.647.2064 [email protected] Camp, Video Content & Prod Mgr. 435.647.2612 [email protected] Ely, Photography Manager 435.647.2012 [email protected] Clark, VP Events 435.647.2053 [email protected] Desmond, Events Project Manager 435.647.2032 [email protected] Henderson, World Cup Event Dir. 435.647.2014 [email protected] Webster, Grand Prix Tour Director 603.279.0121 [email protected] Tilton, Director Event Operations 435.647.2042 [email protected] Korfanta, NorAm Coordinator 435.714.1376 [email protected] Johnston, Alpine Tech. Advisor 435.649.9090 [email protected] Alexakos, Snowboard Event Manager 435.467.2018 [email protected] Arnold, World Cup Coordinator 435.647.2072 [email protected] Welliver, Events Registration Coord. 435.647.2620 [email protected] (Fund raising)Ruth Flanagan, Vice President, Foundation 435.647.2023 [email protected] Kate Klingsmith, Director of Major Gifts, 435.647.2092 [email protected] Dickson, Special Events Assistant 435.647.2096 [email protected] Maddock, Major Gifts, Tri-State 917.741.8838 [email protected] Miller, Special Events Director 435.647.2095 [email protected] Tatlock, Major Gift Coordinator 435.647.2096 [email protected] ServicesSheryl Barnes, Member Services Director 435.647.2013 [email protected] Benevento, Member Services Manager 435.647.2017 [email protected] Caterinichio, Nordic Program Manager 435.647.2061 [email protected] and marketingMike Jaquet, Chief Marketing Officer 435-647-2046 [email protected] Bennion, Director Sales and Marketing 435.647.2086 [email protected] Brown, Account Executive 435.647.2097 [email protected] Gaylord, Account Executive 435.647.2082 [email protected] Leaver, Account Executive 435.647.2043 [email protected] Science and educationDr. Troy Flanagan, High Performance Director 435.647.2028 [email protected] Wilkens, Medical Director 435.647.2058 [email protected] Nolting, Director Sport Education 435.647.2078 [email protected] Kipp, Sport Education Alpine Manager 435.647.2049 [email protected] Smith, Sport Ed. Coordinator 435.647.2050 [email protected] Service - Worldtek travel24-hour Travel Service 800.TEAM.SKI [email protected]

Page 8: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

6

USSA Alaska divisionAlex Wilson7123 Henderson LoopAnchorage AK 99507Cell: [email protected]

USSA central divisionLewis Sundquist, Chair655 Holly LnPlymouth MN 55447Home: 612.672.0282Office: 612.384.0483Fax: [email protected]@nybora.comwww.nybora.com

USSA Eastern OfficeSherry AlbertPO Box 512Killington VT 05751Phone/Fax: [email protected] www.easternfreestyle.org

USSA Eastern DivisionDeb Newson, Chair42 Meadowlake DrMendon VT 05701Cell: 802.770.0002Fax: [email protected]

USSA Far West divisionEric Hickman, ChairPO Box 333Tahoe Vista CA 96148Home: 530.546.9001Cell: 530.545.0432Fax: [email protected]

USSA Intermountain divisionGaylynn Mooney, Interim Chair1695 Northshore Ct.Park City UT 84098Cell: [email protected]

USSA Northern divisionMike Papke, Chair5622 Bridger CanyonBozeman MT 59715Home: 406.522.7749Cell: 406.581.8598Fax: [email protected]

USSA Pacific Northwest DivisionPat Deneen, Co-Chair1890 Nelson Siding RdCle Elum WA 98922Office: 509.260.0462Fax: [email protected]

Johann Furr, Co-ChairYakima WA 98903Office: 206.818.3666Fax: [email protected]

USSA Rocky Mountain OfficeWendy Lana, Administrator950 Wadsworth Blvd Suite 310Lakewood CO 80214Office: 303.202.0534Fax: [email protected]

USSA Rocky Mountain DivisionCraig Matthews, [email protected]

dIvISIoNAl coNtActS

Page 9: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

7

c o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e2 0 1 3

CHAPTER 1GettING StArted

Page 10: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

8

The U.S. Ski and Snowboard Association (USSA) is an Olympic sports organization and parent body for the U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing. It is driven by a vision to be best in the world in Olympic skiing and snowboarding with an emphasis on building character through personal values. The USSA’s mission is to provide strong leadership that establishes and supports athletic excellence in accordance with the USSA core values. Thank you for your participation in USSA programs. The USSA provides opportunities for athletes to develop their skiing or snowboarding skills in a competitive and educational environment. Use this guide as a roadmap to USSA programs, rules and rankings. The USSA’s programs provide education, skill development and competition opportunities for young athletes with grassroots USSA club programs up through national teams and the Olympic Winter Games. The USSA supports athletic programs in skiing, snowboarding and freeskiing disciplines. Local USSA clubs make up over 425 professional coaching outlets for athletes and logistical support for competitions. USSA clubs, with both professional staffs and local volunteers, comprised of about 30,000 members, are the backbone of the USSA supporting individual athletes and managing most of the USSA’s over 4,500 domestic competitions. In the 2011 season, our resort partners, clubs, officials and volunteers hosted over 4,500 domestic competitions where more than 150,000 athletes went out of the start. Services provided by the USSA are based around the three “R’s”: rules, races and rankings. Rules are established to ensure a consistent and fair playing field for all athletes. Races, or competitions, are the backbone of the USSA’s programs, providing competitive programs for athletes. Rankings are a means of evaluating performance in competitions to determine advancement on the USSA’s athlete development pipeline, or to assist in determining start positions in specific competitions. The USSA provides educational resources to key constituent groups through the USSA’s Center of Excellence, the national training and education facility. Education is provided to athletes, parents, officials, coaches and clubs in areas such as sport technique, fitness and exercise, sport science and sports medicine. USSA regions and divisions/states are volunteer-run programs which implement USSA programs within small, multi-state geographic areas, including scheduling of divisional competitions, selection of divisional teams and training of competition officials.

Athletic Advancement Now that you’re a USSA member, you have access to compete in sports both in your home area and nationally. The following are steps you can take to make the most out of your competitive skiing or snowboarding experience.Join a USSA Club - Linking up with a USSA club will allow you access to the best professional coaching and logistical support. A complete club directory is available at www.ussa.org.Compete - Pick the proper competition programs for your age and ability. Contact the event organizer or your local USSA club for entry information. The USSA’s programs offer both introductory non-scored events for youth athletes to promote skill development and fun and scored competitions to improve ranking.USSA Ranking - Compete in USSA scored competitions to gain a USSA ranking, which will be used for advancement up the USSA athlete development pipeline. You can monitor your USSA ranking at www.ussa.org.FIS Competition - As you advance up the pipeline with your USSA ranking, you may be eligible for ranking on the International Ski Federation (FIS) ranking list. Check with your club coach or divisional contact for more information. FIS registration is managed through the USSA. You can monitor your FIS ranking or print a FIS registration form at www.ussa.org.Team Selection - As you continue to advance, your USSA ranking may qualify you

Page 11: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

9

for a regional/state or divisional team. This includes the Junior Championships, U.S. Championships and all the way up to the U.S. Team. In addition to these tips towards advancement, each of the USSA’s sports has a specific development pipeline with defined action tips designed to educate athletes in every age group as they progress in their sport. Please see the development pipeline for your particular sport by logging on to www.ussa.org and clicking on your sport in the drop-down menu and scrolling to the advancement tab.

Where to Find more Information As you continue competitive skiing or snowboarding, you might have questions along the way. The following are helpful resources to guide you on your path to success.USSA Website - www.ussa.org is the best source of member information. Simply click on your sport on the home page. There you will find contact information, criteria and advancement protocol on your sport as well as the latest in national news from your sport.USSA Competition Guide - This handbook is a guide for athletes, parents, coaches and officials that provides a roadmap to USSA programs. Here you can find information on rules and rankings for your sport.Local USSA Club - Over 425 USSA Clubs are the heart of the sport. These organizations have the background and knowledge to help answer most of your questions. Check your local USSA Club for information on schedules and qualifying procedures within your division or state.Regional/Divisional/State Contact - Each region, division and state for your sport has a contact person who can help you answer questions. Your divisional contact appears in the front of this Competition Guide and may also be found at www.ussa.org.USSA National Office - Every USSA sport has full-time staff in the USSA national office in Park City, UT. Contact the office at 435.647.2666 with national membership or ranking questions. For a quicker response, please send an email to the email links found at www.ussa.org.Magazines - USSA members, depending upon their membership type, can receive a subscription to Ski Racing Magazine, SkiTrax, Snowboarding Magazine, or Freeskier Magazine, to stay informed on sport news.

USSA membership categories The USSA offers a variety of membership opportunities depending on your area of interest. Take a look at the options below to select the best fit for you.USSA Youth - An entry-level, non-scored membership designed for athletes 12 years old and younger (based on Dec. 31 age). USSA Youth membership allows participation in selected divisional or state competitions but is not scored on the USSA ranking lists.USSA Rookie - This is a membership for athletes new to freestyle/freeskiing ages 13 and older. It is a one-year, non-renewable trial membership. This membership is scored to the USSA ranking lists.USSA Competitor - The primary USSA membership for athletes 13 and older (based on Dec. 31 age) to gain entry into the full range of USSA competitions and scoring on USSA ranking lists. This membership is required for athletic advancement in this age group.Volunteers - The USSA club system exists because of the help and dedication of volunteers including parents of competitive athletes. Opportunities for young athletes are available because of the volunteerism of parents and other dedicated individuals. You can become a volunteer by getting involved with your local club. The USSA also provides membership for officials and professional coaches, plus a low-cost associate membership for parents, volunteers, and other supporters exists to allow continued support even after your competitive career is over.

Page 12: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

10

code of conduct A condition of USSA membership is the agreement to abide by the USSA Code of Conduct including provisions regarding drug testing. The Code of Conduct can be found later in this Guide.

pAreNtS Your son or daughter is on their way to growing their career in skiing or snowboarding. Supporting them in their endeavors is the number one way to help them achieve success. However, there are other ways to participate along the way to enhance the experience of competitive skiing and snowboarding.Become a volunteer - A great way to be a part of the team is to become an official. Parents may attend officials clinics and work out of town competitions so that they will be better able to help with races at their own competition venues. Another way to be involved is to serve on steering committees and competition committees for a sport. Contact your USSA athletic sport director for more information.Education - The USSA provides a variety of educational opportunities for parents. Through www.ussa.org, local clubs and USSA produced educational resources, parents can gather information to help support their child in their quest towards victory. The Successful Sports Parenting DVD, produced in partnership with USA Swimming, featuring Deborah Phelps, mother of Olympic and World Champion swimmer Michael Phelps, is a suggested guide to lead you through tips to support the development and success of young athletes. Find more information at educationshop.ussa.org.Stay involved in your child’s club - Ask questions to club leaders, look at annual reports and attend orientation if offered. These activities will help you better understand your child’s club and the USSA development pipeline.

USSA INSUrANce coverAGe USSA requires Members to have valid and sufficient primary medical/accident insurance coverage and to accept full responsibility for understanding the provisions of such coverage as a condition of becoming a USSA member and participating in official USSA training and competition. Such primary coverage must be in effect for the entire term of the membership year in order for the member to have coverage under USSA’s excess accident medical policy. Members must carry proof of primary insurance and such proof must be available at each event so that prompt medical/hospital care can be authorized, if needed. USSA provides properly registered members with excess accident medical coverage, as follows:Excess Accident Medical Insurance for Members of USSA Affiliate Club Current USSA Members of a USSA Affiliate Club have excess accident medical coverage during sanctioned or registered events including official training (as defined by the policy) at such events. Please see http://www.amerspec.com/ussa_cov/ for a detailed description of coverage.excess Accident medical Insurancefor Members of USSA CLIP Affiliate Club Current USSA Members of a USSA CLIP Affiliate Club have excess accident medical coverage during skiing and snowboarding competition, while training to compete and conditioning to compete in ski and snowboard competition that is supervised by a USSA representative and/or representative of a USSA CLIP Affiliate Club, and during club activities that are supervised by a representative of a USSA CLIP Affiliate Club. Please

Page 13: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

11

see http://www.amerspec.com/ussa_cov/ for a detailed description of coverage including activities that are excluded from the policy.liability Insurance USSA will provide liability coverage for:• Event Organizers with respect to their ordinary negligence if such is alleged to have

arisen in connection with competition in or conduct of sanctioned events (meaning a Schedule Agreement has been executed) and/or activities conducted or approved by USSA (including official training at such event as defined by the policy). Please see http://www.amerspec.com/ussa_cov/ for a detailed description of coverage.

• USSA CLIP Affiliate Clubs and the members and supervisory staff of such clubs and USSA member coaches and USSA member officials while acting in their capacity as such on behalf of USSA CLIP Affiliate Clubs. Such coverage applies during (1) ski and snowboard competition; (2) while training to compete and conditioning to compete in ski and snowboard competition that is supervised by a USSA representative and/or representative of a USSA CLIP Affiliate Club; and (3) during club activities that are supervised by a representative of a USSA CLIP Affiliate Club. Please see http://www.amerspec.com/ussa_cov/ for a detailed description of coverage.

For the purpose of this overview, USSA Members includes properly registered temporary registrants.Note: This summary provides a general overview of insurance coverage that applies for USSA members. It is not a complete explanation of all policy provisions or specifics of the policy benefits. No coverage is extended, and no representations are made, other than what is stated in the actual insurance policies.

Page 14: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

12

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 3 9/10/12 11:42 AM

Page 15: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

13

c o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e2 0 1 3

CHAPTER 2poINtS ANd rANKINGS

Page 16: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

14

poINtS ANd rANKING The ability to measure one competitor’s performance against another is the heart of competitive athletics. And in a country as large as the USA, it’s important to have measurement tools to evaluate performance of skiers around the nation. The USSA freestyle/freeskiing points system has been developed to do just that - provide a measurement tool for freestyle/freeskiing competitors around the USA. It is an important tool for personal evaluation and team selection at many levels. The Points and Ranking chapter of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide outlines the basics of the USSA freestyle/freeskiing points system (FFSP) and how you can use it as a tool to measure your performance. The points list is available at www.ussa.org.

points list purpose1. To rank all competitors according to their performances in each competition and individual

discipline.2. To ensure each event is rated according to the quality of competitors entered, thereby

providing a uniform ranking system for all performances within USSA and for all events in which a USSA athlete competes.

3. To encourage competitors to compete in as many events as they are able to enter.4. To encourage competitors to enter events against higher ranked competitors.5. To be utilized as a selection tool for upper level events.

points list procedures For a graphical representation of the points list procedures, see the reference that at the end of this chapter.1. Any event with a properly completed schedule agreement that is in accordance with current

USSA, FIS and Freestyle/Freeskiing Sport Committee policies will be entered into the FFSP system (excluding water ramp competitions).

2. Only USSA competitor and rookie members can accumulate FFSP’s. In order for a competitor to establish ranking in a discipline he or she must compete in a minimum of two events in, aerials and dual moguls by Mar. 12 (List 4), or three events in moguls by Feb. 19 (List 3).

2012-13 FFSp list Schedule List Period Close Valid Fall List Nov. 6 Nov. 9 1 Mar. 28 – Jan. 2 Jan. 2 Jan. 4 2 Jan. 3 – Jan. 22 Jan. 22 Jan. 25 3 Jan. 23 – Feb. 19 Feb. 19 Feb. 21 4 Feb. 20 – Mar. 12 Mar. 12 Mar. 15 5 Mar. 13 – Apr. 2 Apr. 2 Apr. 5Note: The closing date reflects the deadline for receiving results to be included on the list being run. The valid date is the date on which the list will be available.

moguls and Aerials points and rankings1. All mogul and dual mogul events that are sanctioned during the first competition period

will utilize the fall FFSP list for calculation of each events meet rating points. Thereafter meet rating points will be equal to the highest FFSP among the top five finishing mogul competitors in that event and among the top four finishing dual mogul competitors in that event.

Page 17: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

15

2. Each mogul and dual mogul event is rated by the quality of competitors entered. Therefore the point worthiness of each competition will vary with the caliber of skiers competing. After an event is completed the best skier of the top five finishers, top four in dual moguls, who has the highest FFSP’s going into the event will determine the rating of the event. Aerial events are not rated by the competitors in the event, and events do not have event ratings. The aerial points list is the average of a competitor’s best two scores regardless of what events those scores occur in, excluding water ramp competitions.

The winner of the event is awarded freestyle points (FFSP’s) equal to the FFSP of the people who rated the competition. All other competitors in that event are given FFSP’s in the same proportion to the winner’s FFSP’s that their score was to the winner’s score. (Example: winner scores 23 in a 789.34 point event, competitor scores 18. That competitor will be awarded an (18/23) x 789.34 = 617.74).

If none of the competitors in an event have any FFSP’s in the event, then the minimum event raking is 100.

maximum event ratings Event Max Points Type World Cup/World Champs/OWG 1000 Fixed U.S. Championships 956 (912 floor) Float NorAms (Aerials and Moguls) 912 Fixed U.S. Selection Events 956 (850 floor) Float Jr. World Championships 956 (912 floor) Float Jr. National (MO and DM) 912 (850 floor) Float Europa Cup 912 (850 floor) Float Divisional Events 850 (100 floor) Float3. A competitor who does not have a ranking on the initial list receives his or her FFSP

ranking upon completion of the first event entered. After having entered two events, his or her FFSP ranking will be the average of the FFSP’s earned in the first two events on the next valid list.

4. A competitor who has a ranking from the prior season will average his/her carry over ranking point(s) with point(s) he or she receives in the first event entered.

After competing in two events in the first competition period those competitions will be used to calculate their current FFSP for the next valid list. If a competitor only competes in one event during the first two competition periods then that competitor will utilize the average of their final FFSP ranking from the prior season and the FFSP from their only event. This will be the FFSP ranking this competitor will carry to the second event entered during the current season. After receiving FFSP’s from two events, the competitor’s FFSP ranking from the prior season is ignored and his or her new FFSP will be the average of his/her two scores. In moguls the third list will use the competitor’s average of his best three results. If a competitor has only two results they will be averaged as three (FFSP + FFSP + 0)/3 and this person remains on the points list. However, on the final list of the season this person will go to the bottom of the points list because he/she did not meet criteria as outlined.

5. To determine the final FFSP for the season for each discipline the average of the competitor’s best three results in moguls and the best two in dual moguls will be used. For aerials the competitor’s best two scores will be summed and divided by two.

6. At the end of each competition period new FFSP’s are computed for each qualified competitor. This will re-index the entire field of qualified competitors for the next competition period.

7. The standings and FFSP ranking for each competitor will change after the end of each

Page 18: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

16

competition period based upon their performances during that competition period.8. At the end of the current season all competitors who did not compete in the required three

events in moguls and two events in all other disciplines will be eliminated from the system.9. The maximum points for an event in all disciplines is 1000, the minimum point value for

an event in all disciplines is 100.10. Athletes who do not meet divisional requirements will not be included on List 4 in moguls

and dual moguls. A list of athletes who do not meet the requirements will be provided to USSA by the Divisional Chairs.

procedure for athletes injured, sick or unable to attend divisional championships:1. Divisional championships must be set on the schedule before the season begins and named

divisional championships.2. An athlete who is sick, injured or unable to compete in divisional championships must

obtain approval from their divisional chair at the time of the event. How each division requires notification is up to that division.

3. Divisional chair must notify USSA Freestyle, Cheryl Pearson via email or voicemail, by 5 p.m. MST Mar. 12 if any disciplines have been cancelled or of any athletes that should not be removed from list 4, valid Mar. 15.

4. Once list 4 is run it will not be re-run for individual athletes or divisions that failed to notify USSA of cancelled disciplines. The FFSC Executive Committee will then hear all individual requests.

competition rules1. A skier receiving a DNS for an event will not be credited for event attendance for FFSP

purposes.2. A skier receiving a DSQ for an event will not be credited for event attendance for FFSP

purposes.3. A skier receiving an RNS for an event will be credited for event attendance for FFSP

purposes and will receive a zero for the event.4. In USSA mogul events, each skier will take a maximum of two runs. The higher of the two

runs, or the only run for those eliminated from a second run in elimination format events, will be used for FFSPs. Awards are done as specified in FIS, USSA or divisional rules. FFSP’s are based on the highest score of the event regardless of nationality. Thus if the score in the qualifications is 26.5 and the finals is 26.25 then we will use the score from the qualifications.

5. In FIS mogul events, and the Junior Nationals, FFSP’s are calculated using the final scored or as follows:

FIS FFSp result Adjustment for mogulsLogic = In moguls where there are a semis and finals system, it is possible that a score from one or more athletes that do not make the finals will be higher than that of a finalist. This happens by virtue of the absoluteness of the final results.Goal = To create a system that does not disadvantage a finalist or unduly advance a non-finalist in the FFSP system. If the score for the top person in the second run is lower than the score for the final non-qualifier, the first person’s score will be changed to 30.Note: These calculations have no effect on the outcome of awards or the basis of the events ‘official’ results. These are strictly for the benefit of creating a fair ranking in the FFSP by their achieved event outcome.

Page 19: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

17

Formula and Sample (BPS-FNQ)/# in ASG + 1 = AF BPS - AF = AS1(Trunc), AS1(Trunc) - AF = AS2(Trunc), AS2(Trunc) - AF = AS3(Trunc), etc. Where BPS = Break Point Score FNQ = First Non-Qualifier ASG = Adjusted Score Group AF= Adjustment FactorSample Event Place Actual Score Place Actual Score 1 25.60 AS2 13 19.54 2 AS3 14 18.99 3... AS4 15 13.79 BPS 11 20.02 AS5 16 12.67 AS1 12 19.86 FNQ 17 19.88Calculation (20.02(BPS) - 19.88(FNQ)) / 6 (# in ASG + 1) = .023333…Apply adjustment factor to the ASG thusly AS1(Trunc) = 20.02(BPS) - .023333333 (AF) = 19.99 AS2(Trunc) = 19.99 (AS1(Trunc)) - .023333333 (AF) = 19.97 AS3(Trunc) = 19.97 (AS2(Trunc)) - .023333333 (AF) = 19.95 AS4(Trunc) = 19.95 (AS3(Trunc)) - .023333333 (AF) = 19.92 AS5(Trunc) = 19.92 (AS4(Trunc)) - .023333333 (AF) = 19.90

FIS FFSp result Adjustment for dual mogulsVariables HQS = Highest Qualifying Score QS5 = Qualifying Score for 5th FNQ = First Non-Qualifying ScoreSteps by Place: Winning Score = HQS 2nd place score = HQS - ((HQS-QS5)/4) 3rd place score = 2nd place score - ((HQS-QS5)/4) 4th place score = 3rd place score - ((HQS-QS5)/4) 5th place score = 4th place score - ((4th place score - FNQ)/(# of athletes in finals -5)) 6th place score = 5th place score - ((5th place score - FNQ)/(# of athletes in finals -5)) 7th place score = 6th place score - ((6th place score - FNQ)/(# of athletes in finals -5)) 8th place score = 7th place score - ((7th place score - FNQ)/(# of athletes in finals -5)) and so on until all scores are figured for the number of competitors in the final. After the scores are figured for each place in the event the athletes names are then placed in accordance with their placement in the qualifying round, with in the final round that they tied for. As example, if one of the competitors who tied for the round of 8 had the HQS, then that person would get 5th and for FFSP calculation they would receive the designated score as calculated in smoothing system, the next person with the highest qualifying score that was tied in the round of 8 would then get 6th and the score result as calculated in the smoothing system. As stated this process continues until all finalists are placed in their respective positions and receive their Assigned Score.

Page 20: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

18

Tie breaking is used only to determine awards and has no effect on FFSPs. In all cases the winning score of that competition will be used to calculate FFSP results. If a competitor with the highest score is from another country and is not a USSA competitor member, then that will be the score used to calculate the FFSP results for the USSA competitors in that event.

Halfpipe and Slopestyle Rankings The U.S. Freeskiing National Ranking list is based on a “place-points” scale. This simply means that for every scored competition sanctioned through USSA, points are awarded from 1st place through last place. The exact calculation of the points awarded to each finish place is determined by the competition level. Once the competition level has been determined, the curve based point system will be applied.competition levels Platinum Level - Scale 1000 fixed Olympics, World Championships, World Cup Gold Level - Scale 900 fixed NorAm’s, Grand Prix, Jr. World Championships Silver Level - Scale 800 fixed Revolution Tour, Jr. Nationals, Europa Cups Bronze Level - Scale 700 fixed Divisional Events How the U.S. Freeskiing National Ranking List Works A curve based system is used for competition/meet place points, with a 650 point range, to deter-mine national points list rankings for finishes in a given competition/meet. E.g. if a meet is valued 900 points, the floor would be 250 points. First place earns 900 and last place earns 250, regardless of number of competitors. All places between earn an equally representative portion between those values. Likewise, if a meet is valued 1000 points, the floor would be 350 points. First place earns 1000 and last place earns 350, regardless of number of competitors. DNS will not count in total for number of competitors. DNF will count in the total number of competitors. If more there is more than one DNF or any ties for last place, all last place competitors will earn the meet floor value.curve calculation example Meet Value - 700 points Curve Range - 650 points Floor - 50 points (as calculated by meet value of 700 minus curve range of 650) Number of competitors - 36 Meet value separation by place - 18.75 (as calculated by curve range of 650 divided by # of competitors in competition 36-1 to allow last place to land at 50 = 18.57 value separation per place, descending from 1st place)table of scores for above example Place Score Place Score Place Score 1 700.00 13 477.14 25 254.29 2 681.43 14 458.57 26 235.71 3 662.86 15 440.00 27 217.14 4 644.29 16 421.43 28 198.57 5 625.71 17 402.86 28 180.00 6 607.14 18 384.29 30 161.43 7 588.57 19 365.71 31 142.86 8 570.00 20 347.14 32 124.29 9 551.43 21 328.57 33 105.71 10 532.86 22 310.00 34 87.14 11 514.29 23 291.43 35 68.57 12 495.71 24 272.86 36 50.00

Page 21: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

19

Skicross rankings Go to http://usfreeskiing.com/freeskiing/rules-and-regulations for information

Hilfpipe, Slopestyle and Skicross points calculations USSA points are the average of the points from the best two competition results in the current season, in each discipline (HP, SS, SX). At the start of the competition season, the points published in the fall snowboard ranking list are used as a competitor’s USSA points (or as one of his or her best results) until two races produce average points higher (better) than the fall points. When this happens, fall points are no longer used. In the case of a new competitor with no fall points, the fall points are zero and are used until a single result is achieved. New points are then calculated as the one result - 40%. Once a second result is obtained, the two results are averaged even if the average is less than the single result - 40%. In the event that a competitor has fall points, their fall points may be used as one result until the calculation for the last list of the season. In the event that a competitor has fall points and competes in two or more competitions within a single discipline and the average of these results does not produce points better than their fall points, their fall points will be reduced by a maximum of 20% on the final list calculation. For example, an athlete competes in five HP competitions and one SS competition but does not better the Fall points using the above formulas, List 6 HP points would be calculated as: Fall HP points - 20%. However, the List 6 SS points would be calculated as: Fall SS points - 40%. Calculations only occur when a list is published; they are not calculated between list periods.Non-activity If a competitor does not have any valid USSA results in the previous 12 months, but has had valid results on a USSA points list, their USSA points will be reduced by 80% with each 12 month period of inactivity.procedure for athletes injured, sickor unable to attend divisional championships The same procedures will be used as are outlined above under mogul, dual mogul and aerial rankings.

Page 22: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

20

The athlete must have a current freestyle/freeskiing competitor or rookie membership.

Fall pointsCarry over points and rank as calculated on List 5 from prior season.

list 1Select the highest points from the following scenarios:• Fall points.• 2 or more results: best 2 results summed

and divided by 2.• 1 result: if fall points = zero, use the 1

result. If fall points > zero, sum fall and 1 result and divide by 2.

• No results: use fall points.

list 2• 2 or more results: must use the 2 results

summed and divided by 2.• 1 result: if fall points = zero, use the 1

result. If fall points > zero, sum fall and 1 result and divide by 2.

• No results: use fall points.

list 3Fall points will not be used

MO• 3 or more results: best 3 results summed

and divided by 3.• 2 results: 2 results summed and divided

by 3.• 1 result: 1 result divided by 3.• No results: points drop to zero.DM, AE• 2 or more results/scores: best 2 results

(DM) or scores (AE) summed and divided by 2.

• 1 result/score: 1 result (DM) or score (AE) divided by 2.

• No results: points drop to zero.

list 5Fall points will not be used

Same calculation as List 4 with the following additions:• Competitor must have at least 3 MO

events or MO points will drop to zero. • Competitor must have at least 2 events

in DM and AE or those respective points will drop to zero for that discipline.

If the competitor is new and does not have any points from the last list of the prior season, they will be assigned zero points for the fall.

2013 list valid datesFall - Nov. 9

List 1 - Dec. Jan. 4List 2 - Jan. 25List 3 - Feb. 21List 4 - Mar 15List 5 - Apr. 5

Freestylepoints list calculations

list 4Fall points will not be used

Athletes remain on the list except those not meeting divisional requirements.MO and DMThe scoring periods are: 3/28/12-1/2/13, 1/3/13-1/22/13, 1/23/13-2/19/13, 2/20/13-3/12/13, 3/13/13-4/2/13. If they do not, then the points will drop to zero for that discipline. If they do, points are calculated as follows:MO• 3 or more results: best 3 results summed

and divided by 3.• 2 results: 2 results summed and divided

by 3.• 1 result: 1 result divided by 3.• No results: points drop to zero.DM, AE• 2 or more results/scores: best 2 results

(DM) or scores (AE) summed and divided by 2.

• 1 result/score: 1 result (DM) or score (AE) divided by 2.

• No results: points drop to zero.

Page 23: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

21

GET YOUR GEAR ON

SimiHamilton Resi

Stiegler

AndyNewell

Page 24: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

22

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 4 9/10/12 11:42 AM

Page 25: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

23

c o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e2 0 1 3

CHAPTER 3dIvISIoNAl proGrAmS

Page 26: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

24

This chapter outlines competition programs in each of USSA’s divisions. More detailed information on divisional programs, including divisional committees and governance, is available at www.ussa.org. Most USSA divisions also offer online registration for events accessible through www.ussa.org. Divisional program contact information is located in the front of the Competition Guide. A complete listing of national and divisional committees is in the USSA Directory. Only general rules and procedures are published in this chapter. Athletes should be familiar with the full Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Regulations found later in this guide.

USSA ceNtrAl competition rulesUSSA membership All competitors must have current USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing and Central Freestyle/Freeskiing (Midwest Freestyle Association, or MFA) memberships. The annual MFA fee is $50. Members will receive a registration form in the mail prior to the competition season. The registration form for membership in USSA and MFA must be completed and fees paid prior to the first event entered. Competitors do not appear on the USSA points list until their membership is renewed. Competitors from other USSA divisions are welcome to compete at all USSA Central competitions except the USSA Central Championships. Competitors from other USSA divisions must pay a $50 administrative fee (in addition to entry fees) prior to each day’s competition. Interested competitors should contact the Central chairperson and must present their USSA membership at the competition.preregistration Division events 9 a.m. day of competitionNOTE: This does not preclude registering for more than one event included in a weekend competition. Special arrangements can be made by direct contact with the regional chairperson.

entry Fees Event fees are established by the Central chairperson for that event and due at registration. There is a special registration fee for Central Championships. All competitors selected to represent Central at the Junior Nationals and the U.S. Freestyle Championships will be assessed a fee to cover coaching expenses. All team fees must be paid in full prior to the event - no exceptions.bibs Competition bibs may be obtained at the first event entered for a onetime fee of $15. Competitors should retain their bibs and use them at all regional and divisional events. Guest competitors can obtain a “loaner” bib for a refundable deposit of $15.refunds Refunds will generally not be given but may be considered on a case-by-case basis.Start orders The chief of competition for each event will establish start orders. Consideration will be given to ease of use, competitiveness and fairness. Announcements of start orders will be made frequently and publicly.Forerunners Forerunners shall be selected by the TD as needed by the judging panel.Scorecards All competitors shall receive a printout of the scores of each event in which they are entered. All recognized coaches shall also receive printouts of the scores. The judges score

Page 27: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

25

sheets may be returned to the competitors upon the decision of the regional chairperson. Competitors should remember that the judges score sheets are returned as a coaching aid and not an athlete’s right.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy Members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team are welcome and encouraged to participate in any and all Central division events. All membership and meet fees are waived for members of the team.event procedures USSA Central Freestyle/Freeskiing events are run according to USSA rules and Central Division rule modifications. Combined events do not have to take place at a single site but should be conducted over a continuous period (e.g. a single weekend). All competitors are required to participate in course preparation when requested. Athletes refusing to assist may be withdrawn from the competition by the chief of course upon approval by the jury. The duties and responsibilities of the various officials needed to hold an event might be combined and invested in one person at the discretion of the chief of competition. Awards are provided for the winning competitors based on combined scores in each age and sex group, if all three events are held. Awards by separate events are optional, but if a competition consists of one or two events, awards for the individual events may take the place of the combined awards. Quality and quantity of prizes are at the discretion of the event organizer. If there are less than three competitors in an age group or sex group, that group may be combined with the next higher age group for award purposes.

USSA central championshipsQuota The USSA Central Championships are open to all eligible competitors from the regions within the USSA Central with a USSA freestyle competitor membership.Qualification The Championships are open to all USSA Central competitors who are registered with USSA and MFA and have competed in that event at least one time during the current season at a Central event. This requirement may be waived by the Central Division Chairperson for good and compelling reason. Members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team are eligible without restriction. Members of the USSA development group, who have declared their divisional affiliation to be with Central, will have the one event requirement waived if they have competed throughout the season on the NorAm schedule. Competitors from other USSA divisions may compete at the Central Championships only with prior approval from the Central Division Chairperson. Approval will be based on the Chairperson’s discretion and must be obtained at least 5 days before the event.

Junior NationalsQuota The allotment of spots to Central Division will be in accordance with the rules of the freestyle sport committee. Please see the National and International Programs section of this guide for more information.Qualification All Central competitors must participate in the Central Division Championships in order to qualify for any Central sport to Junior Nationals or National Championships. The Divisional Chairperson may exercise discretion prior to Central Championships for participation in a national-level event or illness/injury. Junior competitors will be selected from the national FFSP. In the event Central does not receive sports from the national FFSP, the Central Freestyle Point List (Central FSP) will be used to fill any allocation spots. The Central FSP includes only skiers who are registered in Central Division and MFA. All regular season

Page 28: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

26

competitions are rated equally. The Central Championships are counted by a factor of “two.” The scores of any event entered by a competitor within the current season are included. The final standings are based upon the sum of a competitor’s two best scores in that event at any competition plus two times their score at the Championships. In the event that at least two competitions in any given discipline are not held during a season, for any reason, discretion may be utilized to select the Central junior team. The division chairperson, in consultation with the region chairperson and the junior team coach, will select the team.team Fees A Central Division team fee to cover coaching will be assessed prior to the Junior Nationals. All Central competitors participating in the Junior Nationals must pay this fee prior to the first day of training. All team fees must be paid in full regardless of an athlete’s personal coaching, transportation and/or lodging arrangements. Every effort will be made to keep the overall cost to a minimum. The divisional chairperson reserves the right to withdraw a competitor from the event for any unpaid team fees.Alternates Alternates for each of the specialty events may be named on an as needed basis. In the event that alternates move up to designated spots, no additional alternates will be named, but may be chosen if needed from the same selection process. Any alternate that is named and elects to attend the event as an alternate will pay all Central division team fees, the event fee and receive a credential.Notification Procedure Every attempt will be made to announce the USSA Central junior team at least one week prior to the Junior Nationals. Otherwise, notification is the responsibility of the division chairperson.discretion Discretion may be used to fill the Central Division’s allocated sports with competitors that do not meet the qualification requirements for good and compelling reason. These reasons include but are not limited to injury, serious personal problem(s) or membership on a national team. Any decision based on discretion will be made through consultation with the divisional chairperson and the Central Junior Nationals coach.

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuotas Please refer to the National and International Programs section of this guide.Qualification To qualify to compete at the U.S. Freestyle Championships, each skier must compete in two Central Division regular season events as well as the Central Division Championship in the event in which the skier wishes to qualify. Each USSA division receives one spot per sex in moguls and dual moguls in addition to the spots chosen from the FFSP list. The highest finisher in the Central Division in each event, not otherwise qualified, will fill the Central Division spots.team Fees A Central Division team fee which covers coaching, transportation and lodging, will be assessed prior to the U.S. Freestyle Championships. All Central competitors participating in the U.S. Freestyle Championships must pay this fee prior to the first day of training. All team fees must be paid in full regardless of an athlete’s personal coaching, transportation and/or lodging arrangements. Every effort will be made to keep the overall cost to a minimum. The divisional chairperson reserves the right to withdraw a competitor from the event for any unpaid team fees.Alternates Up to three alternates will be named to the team for each event from the Central Division

Page 29: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

27

points list. The alternate will pay the Central division team and event fees and will receive a credential.discretion Discretion may be used to fill the Central Division’s allocated spots with competitors that do not meet the qualification requirements for good and compelling reasons. Reasons include but are not limited to injury, serious personal problem(s) or membership on a national team. Any decision on discretion will be made through consultation with the divisional chairperson and the Central Nationals coach.Notification Preliminary notification will be made at the Central Division Championships. The division chairman, immediately following the publication of the relevant FFSP list, will attempt final notification.

USSA eASterN General Information Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing is a nonprofit division of the United States Ski and Snowboard Association (USSA) for the Eastern Division, as sanctioned by the United States Olympic Committee. Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing is dedicated to the training and development of competitive freestyle and freeskiing athletes. Competition events are hosted at major resorts across the Northeast in Maine, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania and Vermont. The Eastern Freestyle Competition Committee (EFCC) is a group of volunteers, both elected and appointed, that administer Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing. We organize competitions in the U.S. Freestyle disciplines of aerials, moguls, dual moguls, and in the U.S. Freeskiing disciplines of halfpipe and slopestyle (including big air, rail jams and slopestyle). Skicross events have yet to be scheduled and our athletes compete in USASA events for this discipline. Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing competitions shall ordinarily be governed by USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide. Rules set down in this section shall, however, supersede the ordinary USSA rules in the areas to which they apply.Annual meeting The EFCC shall host an Annual Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Meeting on the second weekend of May, unless it conflicts with the USSA Spring Congress Meetings. The time, place and agenda for the meeting will be posted on the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing website. Agenda items are due two weeks prior to the date of the meetings. The meetings are open to all interested parties. The EFCC also meets at other times with whatever frequency is required for the proper conduct of business. Any member of the freestyle and/or freeskiing community at large who requires clarification or desires consideration of rule change(s) is urged to contact the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing office or the appropriate member of the EFCC. Contact information for the EFCC is available on the division website.Administrative participation The EFCC is dependent upon administrative participation from program directors, event organizers, coaches, former athletes, current parents and former parents. In some scenarios it is required. (All mountains in the East that hold events MUST send a representative to the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing annual spring meeting and have a Technical Delegate, Judge and a Scorer in the Eastern pool. Lack of participation could jeopardize offending mountains’ meet scheduling.) There are many positions to fill and jobs to complete in order to provide our athletes with the best opportunities to achieve their goals and dreams in the sport of freestyle. Please see the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Policy and Procedure Manual on the division website under the Rules tab for more information.

Page 30: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

28

Office The Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing office is the communication center for all information. All inquiries regarding Eastern membership, competitions, schedules, selections, etc., should be directed to the office. If the office is unable to provide the requested information, the inquiry will be referred to the appropriate source. Office hours will be published on the Eastern website. Virtually all division information is also posted on the web at the division’s site (see address below). Members should register for the divisional email list at that site to receive notice of schedule changes, meetings and important information. Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Tel/Fax: 585.624.5865 PO Box 512 Email: [email protected] Killington VT 05751 Internet: www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.orgorganization The EFCC shall consist minimally of:1. A chairperson elected every two years by Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing members in

accordance with USSA bylaws.2. Chairperson of the permanent subcommittees (Coaches, Judges and Rules and Technical

subcommittees) elected every two years by the appropriate constituencies in accordance with USSA bylaws.

3. Nominations for EFCC elected positions shall be made at the annual meeting, having previously been submitted to the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Office. Elections are held following the annual meeting on even numbered years (2012, 2014 etc.).

4. In addition, the chairperson may establish subcommittees, and appoint chairperson thereof, to serve as members of the EFCC, as deemed necessary by him/her for the conduct of committee business.

5. At his/her discretion the chairperson may also appoint individuals to committee membership either for specific assignments or as members at large.

6. The chairperson shall have the power to act between EFCC meetings in the administration and management of EFCC affairs, especially where the interests of the sport require prompt action. All such actions shall be reported as soon as practical, and must be presented for approval by the EFCC at its next meeting. All EFCC members must be members in good standing of USSA.

7. The EFCC shall take such actions and conduct such affairs, as it deems necessary to further the sport in accordance with the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing and USSA bylaws. All decisions shall be confirmed by a majority of votes cast by a duly elected recognized quorum present at a meeting announced in writing at least two weeks in advance of the meeting date. A quorum shall be declared in existence when a minimum of 50% of EFCC members is present in person. The EFCC chairperson shall vote only to break ties.

8. The EFCC shall maintain the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Policy and Procedure Manual each year with changes and updates. It shall be published on the website.

competition ruleseastern 1: USSA membership All competitors in the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing must have a valid youth, rookie or competitor membership in order to compete. Please go to www.ussa.org to sign up for your membership and to learn about memberships. The Eastern Qualifier Series (EQS - B level) requires only a Freestyle/Freeskiing “youth” membership (unless the competitor turns 12 before Jan. 1 of the competition season, then they would need to purchase a Freestyle/Freeskiing “competitor” membership due to their age). The Eastern Competition Series (ECS – A level) requires a Freestyle/Freeskiing “rookie” or “competitor” membership as these memberships enable them to be scored to the national

Page 31: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

29

points list, the FFSP. All Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing athletes will be charged $25.00 divisional dues to support the administration of the organization. Exception: Any Eastern athlete that registers for U.S. Freeskiing membership only as they plan to participate in only U.S. Freeskiing events outside the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing will not be charged the $25.00 divisional dues. These memberships MUST be upgraded to participate in the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing halfpipe and slopestyle competitions, as well as, Junior Nationals. This can be done when registering for the event via the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing online event registration site or at on-site event registration.eastern 2: competitor responsibility All competitors in the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing are responsible for knowing and respecting all USSA rules in respect to U.S. Freestyle, U.S. Freeskiing and the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing rules. Competitors are urged to seek clarification of rules from the appropriate EFCC subcommittee.Eastern 3: Helmets All competitors must wear a helmet manufactured for ski racing during competition and official training (see USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide, 3036.4.1). Helmets that are modified from the manufacturer’s specifications are not allowed. Athletes must obtain an appropriate helmet before they can compete.eastern 4: registration/Fees/late Fees1. All Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing entry fees for competitions shall be inclusive of lift tickets

and subject to price limits promulgated by the EFCC. (See Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Policy and Procedure Manual on Eastern website.)

2. All Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing competitions require online preregistration via the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing website www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.org. There is no registration via mail, email, fax or phone. Online registration closes three days prior to the first event of a competition and is noted on each competition’s information sheet, available by clicking on the competition on the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Schedule page.

3. Competitors who do not register online and must register on-site will incur the following penalties:

a) Athletes will be charged one $15 late fee per competition (NOT EVENT) upon late registration on-site.

b) Additionally, athletes, whose registrations are received after 5 p.m. the day before the event, will be placed at the beginning of the run order in the ECS and at the beginning of your age group in the EQS.

4. ECS dual mogul registrations must be received prior to the team leaders’ meeting on the afternoon before the day of the dual mogul event. It is the coaches’ responsibility to check the registration list at the team leaders’ meetings. There will be no changes to the dual run order on the morning of the event, unless the jury finds due cause to make a change. Dual mogul events will be seeded either by a single elimination run on the morning of the event, the immediately preceding mogul event or the then valid dual mogul FFSP list at the option of the organizer.

5. Current U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team members are welcome at all ECS – A level events and are not subject to any preregistration requirements or the Eastern Division fee. Their participation does not affect quotas.

6. The ceiling price for registration at regular season EQS events will be $45.00. If an organizer plans on charging more than the ceiling price, it must be submitted in the bid package for price approval from the EFCC Chairperson. This bid package is available on the Organizer’s page on the division website.

7. Registration for EQS events will be restricted to in-region athletes prior to 6 p.m. on the

Page 32: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

30

Monday before the event, at which point registration would be open to all EQS competitors.eastern 5: refund policyScenario 1: An athlete notifies an event organizer 48 hours prior to the event that they will not

compete; the athlete will receive a full refund.Scenario 2: An athlete is injured while training, prior to the day of the competition; the athlete

will receive a full refund.Scenario 3: An athlete is injured on the day of the competition; the athlete will not receive a

refund.Scenario 4: An event is cancelled at any point on the day of the event; the organizer is not

obligated to refund any registration fees.Scenario 5: An event cancelled prior to the day of the event, the athlete receives a full refund. The event organizers must approve competition fee refunds. Once approved the event organizers shall contact the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing office to process. The Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing office will alert the online registration server to issue a credit coupon to the competitor to use for on their next registration online. If coupon is not used by the end of season, then the online registration server will issue a check to the competitor.eastern 6: Ski patrol Ski patrol must be on site during official aerial training and competition. For halfpipe, slopestyle, mogul and dual mogul events, if ski patrol is not on site, the Technical Delegate (TD) or Chief of Competition must have direct access to a ski patrol radio, and the radio must remain on site during official training and competition and an equipped ski patrol sled must be on site. If a slopestyle event has a jump, it must have Ski Patrol on site.eastern 7: open events All ECS aerial, halfpipe and slopestyle events are open events. There will be no distinction between EQS and ECS skiers. All points will be scored to the USSA national points list, the FFSP. Open events will follow ECS rules. Though EQS aerial and slopestyle events are also “open”, the event is only scored to the Eastern Points List and only non-FFSP ranked athletes will be scored.eastern 8: Guest policy Competitors and coaches are reminded that they are guests of each mountain during Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing competitions. Their conduct is very important to the image that we project to both the skiing public and the host mountain management. All resort rules must be followed. The competition jury can disqualify any competitor or coach from an event for violating resort rules or state laws. See also, USSA’s Code of Conduct later in this Guide.eastern 9: Invitation procedure for regional Finals, eQS championships, and ecS championships Lists of qualified participants in each of the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing invitational competitions will be posted on the division website. Each year the EFCC will post dates and deadlines for invitation acceptances for each competition. All invitations are accepted by email and then confirmed by registering for the event online. Invitations expire after the posted deadline. Expired invitations requesting reinstatement will be listed as an alternate with a 12-hour time limit when invited.eastern 10: rNS and re-runs1. An RNS (“run not scored” – Section 3058) must be announced to the competitor.2. In the case of a Re-run (Section 3057), if the re-run score is lower, it must be accepted; if

it is higher, the jury will make the decision.eastern 11: results/Scores1. Scores should never be purposely kept from competitors at any point during an event.

(There should be no “surprise” factor at the awards ceremony.) Coaches and athletes, at

Page 33: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

31

minimum, should be given the opportunity to review scores as soon as possible.2. It is recommended that scores are printed and posted at least every 15 competitors. It is also

recommended that the announcer broadcast athletes’ time immediately following their run and their scores when available.

3. The first run scores shall be official when certified by the chief of scoring. No other certification is necessary. The head judge shall certify all scores after the second run.

4. First run scores shall be made available as often as possible and shall be posted in their entirety prior to the second run.

5. Second run scores must be posted for review prior to the awards ceremony.6. Results of all Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing events will be based on the higher scoring of the

two runs for those athletes taking two runs. For all other athletes, results will be based on their first run.

7. Note: Results for Junior Nationals, U.S. Freeskiing events and FIS events are not based on the best of two runs. Each event has a different format for results. See USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide for more information.

eastern 12: coaches’ lift tickets1. Program Directors/Head Coaches must submit a list of their traveling competition coaches

to [email protected] at the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing office by Dec. 1.2. This list will be available to all event organizers on the website to be used for authorization

of coaches’ lift tickets.3. Additions or deletions from this list must be made the Monday prior to an event where you

will be staffing new coaches.4. No tickets will be given to other “coaches”.5. No tickets will be given to coaches that cannot provide proof of current USSA coaches’

membership.

EASTERN CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES (ECS) “A” LEVELecS 1: purpose and competition Schedule The Eastern Championship Series (ECS) exists to provide our A level athletes with competition opportunities. ECS competitions are held for the purpose of qualification to ECS Championships, national (Juniors Nationals, U.S. Championships, and U.S. Selection Events) and international level events (Junior Worlds and North American Tour), in accordance with the freestyle/freeskiing point system (FFSP). Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing has produced many U.S. Freestyle Ski Team members, U.S. Freeskiing Team members, U.S. Open and X-Game podium winners and Olympic athletes and podium winners. The ECS competition schedule shall include events in aerials (section 4000/6000), halfpipe (section 4100/6152), moguls (section 4200/6200), dual moguls (section 4300/6300), slopestyle (section 4600/6600). It is highly recommended that officials, coaches, parents and athletes review USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide. Competitions shall consist of one, two or three events held over one, two or three days. ECS competitions shall be run according to USSA rules and specifications except, as modified hereafter:ecS 2: Age requirements The ECS, “A” level is designed for the older, more experienced athlete. The ECS “A” level supports J3 to J1 (13 to 18 year-olds), Seniors (19 to 24) and Veterans (24 and up) athletes, where as the EQS “B” level supports J6 to J3 and entry level, J1-J2 athletes. The athletes and their coaches should make the decision as to which series is appropriate for the athlete to ski in. Athletes who are younger than 13 by Jan. 1 of the competition season and wish to compete in ECS moguls/dual mogul events must have their coach appeal to the EFCC, Appeals Subcommittee Chair for inclusion in ECS mogul and dual mogul events. Eastern Freestyle/

Page 34: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

32

Freeskiing allows a onetime visit to ECS to compete in a mogul and dual mogul event. Athletes maintain B Championship eligibility if participation is limited to no more than one ECS mogul and one dual mogul result during the season. Athletes maintain B Championship eligibility with participation in all ECS aerial, halfpipe and slopestyle competitions.ecS 3: Athlete ranking/FFSp points list ECS athletes are ranked on the USSA national points list, the FFSP, available at www.ussa.org. To learn more about athlete ranking and the FFSP points list, please see Chapter 2 in USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.ecS 4: ecS championships The ECS Championship shall be scheduled to occur after the regular season is completed and shall consist of aerials, dual moguls, halfpipe, moguls and slopestyle allowing two runs in each event. Based on scheduling necessity, the events do not have to fall on consecutive days. The best performing male and female competitors in the ECS Championships, in each event, will be named the Eastern “Event” Champion (i.e. Eastern Mogul Champion). The ECS Championships must be held two weeks or more prior to the U.S. Freestyle Championships.ecS 5: QuotasRegular Season Quotas: ECS (“A” level) competitions shall be limited to 100 athletes in slopestyle and 170 athletes in moguls and dual moguls unless otherwise indicated on the official event schedule and approved by the EFCC. There is no quota established for aerials and halfpipe at this time. The EFCC may reserve spots for new recipients of ECS memberships (former EQS competitors). Any competition that allows more than the specified number of competitors in an event will be subject to a penalty equal to the entry fee for each competitor over the quota plus a $100.00 fine per day.U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and U.S. Freeskiing Team Policy: Current members are welcome at all ECS events and are not subject to any preregistration requirements and are considered participants above and beyond the quota.ECS Championships: The ECS Championships shall be limited to 60 in slopestyle, 60 in halfpipe, 80 in moguls and 80 in dual moguls (currently no limit in inverted aerials) based on the national point system (FFSP) using the best two results (three for moguls) of the season. The Selections/Appeals subcommittee will determine the ratio of males/females based on the male/female ratio of eastern division competitors. Invitation information can be found under Eastern 9.Appeals/Discretion: The Selections/Appeals subcommittee is empowered to fill up to 20% of the allocated spots with competitors who do not meet the performance requirements for good and compelling reason. These include but are not limited to illness, injury, serious personal problems or membership on a national team. A competitor seeking a discretionary spot must apply, in writing, to the Selections/Appeals subcommittee at least one week prior to the announcement of invitations. Competitors seeking discretionary spots to the eastern division championships on the basis of U.S. Freestyle Ski Team or U.S. Freeskiing Team membership must apply, in writing, to the Selections/Appeals subcommittee no later than seven days prior to the ECS Championships.ecS 6: ForerunnersRegular Season: Forerunners, 2 male and 2 female, should be selected from the prior event’s results and named prior to the end of registration on the morning of the event. If the athletes qualifying for these foreruns (due to their results from the weekend before) decline the forerun officially upon check-in on the morning of the event, then the TD may select forerunners.ECS Championships: Forerunners, 3 male and 3 female, from the points list used for invitations, shall be invited to forerun ECS Championships. If the athletes qualifying for these foreruns decline the forerun officially upon check-in on the morning of the event, then the TD may select forerunners.

Page 35: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

33

ecS 7: Start ordersRegular Season:1. Run orders are to be random, with men and women running separately. Women will run

first in the East unless there is a compelling reason voted on by the jury for men to go first. There will be no changes to this decision after one hour prior to the start.

2. There will be no more than 170 runs total in an event, except reruns. The number of skiers in the second run will be determined by subtracting the number of skiers in the first run from 170. Because of weather conditions or conflicts with other events, the jury can elect to use a lower number of skiers in the second run. The number of skiers in the second run, by sex, must be announced prior to the start of the competition. Provisional second runs will not be counted in the totals and will be above the field. The ratio of male to female skiers in the second run shall be the same as in the first run. Juries are allowed to make changes based on current circumstances. The recommended protocol at every meet is to publish the anticipated performance cut on the run order.

3. All mogul events will be run in the elimination (performance cut) format even when all competitors receive two runs. The start order for the second run shall be seeded according to the order of finish of the first run as follows: for women, the top eight finishers from the first run shall run in reverse order followed by the remaining women making the cut in the order of finish. For men, the top sixteen finishers from the first run shall run in reverse order followed by the remaining men making the cut in the order of finish.

ECS Championships: The start orders will be run the same as regular season start orders, except all competitors receive two runs. Second run start order shall be a performance seed. Dual mogul events will be seeded from the points list used to qualify for the championship event.ecS 8: AwardsRegular Season: Awards shall be presented to the top ten overall finishers male and female for each individual event without regard to age group for all events except dual moguls where awards for the top eight finishers should be awarded. Awards shall be provided for the top three male and female competitors based on combined scores (combined being based on all events held at a competition) in all competitions holding more than one event. The quality of the combined awards is at the discretion of the event organizer. Team awards are not required, though host clubs may elect to manually determine a team award.ECS Championships: Overall trophies will be awarded to the top ten places for each event and combined for both men and women. Awards for ECS Championships shall be of higher quality than regular season. They should be trophies or medals (NOT RIBBONS).ECS End of the Season Awards: At the ECS Championships the following awards will need to be determined by an EFCC representative. Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing provides the actual trophies. If you are hosting ECS Championships, please contact the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Chair to discuss.1. ECS mogul, aerial, slopestyle and halfpipe MVP: Highest FFSP ranked male and female

athletes including results from ECS Championships2. ECS mogul, aerial, slopestyle and halfpipe Rookie: Highest FFSP ranked new male and

female athletes to the ECS level including results from ECS Championships3. ECS mogul, aerial, slopestyle and halfpipe Most Improved: The male and female athletes

that moved the most spots on the FFSP from the Fall List to List #3 including results from ECS Championships.

ecS 9: Spins Greater than 720, Inverted Jumps and off-Axis tricks Athletes and coaches are held responsible for the following rules. The competition jury may disqualify (DSQ) an athlete for attempting or executing a jump if the act is determined to be a deliberate violation of these rules. The Jury should refer to Rule 3059 and recommend

Page 36: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

34

sanctions to the EFCC.1. For ECS aerial, dual mogul and mogul events any athletes performing spins greater than

720, inverted jumps and off-axis tricks must have these maneuvers qualified in accordance with the current USSA rules (Section 3070 in the USSA Competition Guide) and must have a USSA Level 2 aerial or higher certified coach present.

2. For ECS aerial, dual mogul and mogul events any athletes performing spins greater than 720, inverted jumps and off-axis tricks must have these maneuvers listed on the USSA Jump Qualification List, available at www.easternfreestyle.org.

3. For ECS slopestyle and halfpipe events athletes may perform any maneuver.4. If the Technical Delegate deems the situation unsafe; the site not appropriate; the athlete

having problems with the jump, then the TD may exclude the jump from the competition.ecS 10: bibs Competition bibs are issued to all ECS competitors at their first event of the season. Bibs carry over year to year, unless the competitor shows the need for a new one due to wear and tear. Bibs must be worn during training and competition and must be visible and readable at all times while on course. Replacement bibs are $25. Loaner bibs are available for a weekend with a $20 deposit and a fee of $5.ecS 11: eastern Freestyle Wild cards to U.S. championships Wild card spots will be awarded to the U.S. Freestyle Championships events to the top finishers in the Eastern Freestyle Championship’s corresponding events to those athletes that are not otherwise invited to the U.S. Freestyle Championships according to the qualification procedure set by the national governing body. The Chairperson of the division will notify these athletes as soon as their invitations become valid. Invitations will also be posted on the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing website. The highest finishing combined athlete (both men and women) from the Eastern Championships for moguls, halfpipe and aerials will be named the Eastern Champion and will be granted a spot to those disciplines at Junior Nationals above the invitation quota.ecS 12: National level competitionsJunior Nationals, U.S. Freestyle Championships (“Nationals”), U.S. Selection Events:1. Quota and Notification Procedure: Please see National and International Programs section

of the USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.Junior Worlds, North American Tour (NorAms)1. Quota and Notification Procedure: Please see National and International Programs section

of the USSA’s Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.

EASTERN QUALIFIER SERIES (EQS) “B” LEVELeQS 1 purpose The Eastern Qualifier Series (EQS) exists to promote the sport of freestyle and freeskiing at the B level. The EQS Series serves to educate entry level skiers, officials, judges, coaches and parents. The EQS Series competition schedule shall include events in big air/aerials (section 4000/6000), moguls (section 4200/6200), and slopestyle (section 4600/6600). It is highly recommended that officials, coaches, parents and athletes review the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide. The EQS competitions are also held for the purpose of qualifying competitors to the EQS Regional Finals and EQS Championships (“B-Easterns”). These events provide our proficient EQS athletes an experience with championship level events. Competitions shall consist of one, two or three events held over one or two days. EQS competitions shall be run according to USSA rules and specifications except, as modified hereafter:

Page 37: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

35

eQS 2: Age requirements The EQS is a format designed for entry level skiers, basically 7 to 14 year-olds (J3 to J6), though it is open to all age groups at this time. This series provides age group awards in moguls, big air/aerials, slopestyle, and combined. Entry level J1 and J2 skiers may participate in EQS skiing and are included in the overall awards for moguls, big air/aerials, slopestyle, and combined but not in age group awards. Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing will now allow a onetime visit to ECS to compete in a mogul and dual mogul event. Athletes maintain B Championship eligibility if participation is limited to no more than one ECS mogul and one dual mogul result during the season. Athletes maintain B Championship eligibility with participation in all ECS aerial, halfpipe and slopestyle competitions.eQS 3: Athlete ranking / eQS eastern points list1. All points acquired competing in an EQS meet will be reflected on the Eastern Points

List (EPL). The EPL is the athlete ranking system for the EQS. (Though EQS events are sanctioned by USSA, EQS events are considered “non-scored” USSA events and are not reflected on the USSA points list.) The EPL is updated on a weekly basis during the competition season. It is available at www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.org.

2. EQS mogul and slopestyle athlete points formula: The winner of each event earns 100 points on the EQS Eastern Points List (EPL’s). All of the competitors in that event are given EPL’s in the same proportion to the winner’s EPL’s that their score was to the winner’s score. For example, if the winner’s score is 18.25, then they would receive 100 points. If another athletes’ score is 16.25 then they would receive 89 points. [(16.25 / 18.25) * 100 points = 89 points].

3. EQS big air/aerial athlete points formula: Points for big air/aerial events are determined using the athletes’ score.

4. EQS athlete ranking: Mogul athletes’ ranking will be based on the average of the points from their 2 best events through Regional Finals and then based on their 3 best events to qualify for EQS Championships. Big air/aerial and slopestyle athletes’ rankings will be based on the average of their 2 best events.

eQS 4: regional Assignments1. The EQS shall be divided into the Eastern, Western, and Central Regions. Athletes may

compete at any EQS event regardless of their assigned regional association during the regular season though it is not encouraged to compete across regions. (See Eastern 4: Registration/Fees/Late Fees for new policy in respect to “outside of region participation”.) Athletes may only compete in their respective Regional Final. Please check your Regional assignment on the EPL prior to March 1st.

The regional designations are determined for each athlete according to his/her program affiliation and are as follows: Eastern Region: NH, MA, ME Central Region: VT Western Region; NY, PA, NJeQS 5: regional Finals / eQS championships1. The EQS Regional Finals shall be scheduled to occur after the regular season is completed

and shall consist of two days of competition allowing two runs in each event. Saturday is suggested as the day to hold aerials and slopestyle.

2. The EQS Championships shall consist of big air/aerials, slopestyle and moguls. The EQS Championships shall be scheduled to occur after Regional Finals and will consist of three days of competition allowing for two runs in each event. The best performing male and female competitors in the EQS Championships, in each event, will be named the EQS “Event” Champion (i.e. EQS Mogul Champion).

Page 38: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

36

eQS 6: QuotasRegular Season: For regular season EQS events, a registration cutoff will be implemented to allow for two runs for all athletes. EQS regular season separate day competitions shall be limited to 200 runs for moguls, 180 for big air/aerials and 180 for slopestyle unless otherwise indicated on the official event schedule and approved by the EFCC. On double event days, the quotas for each event will be limited to 60 competitors in each event. Any competition that allows more than the specified number of competitors in an event will be subject to a penalty equal to the entry fee for each competitor over the quota plus a $100.00 fine per day. The cutoff for each event quota will be managed through the event registration website. Registration for EQS events will be restricted to in-region athletes prior to 6 p.m. on the Monday before the event, at which point registration would be open to all EQS competitors.Regional Finals: The quotas for the EQS Regional Finals shall be limited to 70 big air/aerials, 50 slopestyle and 100 moguls in each region. The invitation ratio of males to females will be based on the male/female ratio of EQS competitors as determined by the Selections/Appeals subcommittee. The top four finishing males and the top two finishing females in each Regional Final event per region that do not otherwise qualify for the EQS Championships via the Eastern Points List will receive wild card spots to the EQS Championships. Invitations and the procedure to accept or decline spots to the EQS Regional Finals will be posted at www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.org.EQS Championships: The quota of competitors for each event including the wild card spots shall be: 90 big air/aerials, 90 slopestyle, and 100 moguls. Each region will have 4 male and 2 female wild card spots to assign at each event of Regional Finals. In the event a region is unable to host Regional Finals the wild card spots will be chosen from the Eastern Points List, by region. The invitation ratio of males to females will be based on the male/female ratio of EQS competitors as determined by the Selections/Appeals subcommittee. The top four finishing males and the top two finishing females in each event per region from Regional Finals that do not otherwise qualify for the EQS Championships via the Eastern Points List will get the wild card spots to the EQS Championships. Invitations and procedure to accept or decline spots to the EQS Championships will be posted at www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.org.Appeals/Discretion: The Selections/Appeals subcommittee is empowered to fill up to 20% of the allocated spots with competitors who do not meet the performance requirements for good and compelling reason. These include but are not limited to illness, injury, serious personal problems or membership on a national team. A competitor seeking a discretionary spot must apply, in writing, to the Selections/Appeals subcommittee at least one week prior to the announcement of invitations.eQS 7: ForerunnersRegular Season: Forerunners, 2 male and 2 female, should be selected from the prior event’s results and named prior to the end of registration on the morning of the event. If the athletes qualifying for these foreruns (due to their results from the weekend before) decline the forerun officially upon check-in on the morning of the event, then the TD may select forerunners.Regional Finals: Forerunners, 3 male and 3 female, should be selected from the Eastern Points List (EPL) used to generate the invitations. If the athletes qualifying for the forerun decline the forerun officially upon check-in on the morning of the event, then the TD may select forerunners.EQS Championships: Forerunners, 3 male and 3 female, should be selected from the Eastern Points List (EPL) used to generate the invitations. If the athletes qualifying for the forerun decline the forerun officially upon check-in on the morning of the event, then the TD may select forerunners.

Page 39: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

37

eQS 8: Start ordersRegular Season: All regular season mogul, big air/aerial and slopestyle events shall be run in order of age group beginning with the J6 age group and proceeding upwards. Males and females shall run separately within age groups, females first. The second run start order will be the same as the first run start order. The best scored run counts for awards.Late Entries: Late entries shall run at the beginning of the appropriate age group.Athletes Missing: Athletes missing from the run order due to the organizer error shall run at the end of their age groups.Big Air/Aerials: EQS big air/aerial events shall consist of a minimum of two practice jumps and two competition jumps where the best jump counts.Double Event Days: Everyone skis two runs, the second run start order will be the same as the first run start order, and the best scored run counts for awards. This is an exception to the Eastern 13: 170 max-run per event rule.EQS Regional Finals: The EQS Regional Finals start orders will be random by gender without regard to age groups. Everyone will have two runs; this is an exception to the Eastern 13: 170 max-run per event rule. The second run order for big air/aerials and slopestyle shall be the same as the first run. The second run for moguls shall be a “performance seeded” start order.EQS Championships: Start orders for EQS Championships shall be random by gender without regard to age groups. Everyone has two runs: This is an exception to the Eastern 13: 170 run max-run per event rule. The second run order for big air/aerials and slopestyle shall be the same as the first run. The second run for moguls shall be a “performance seeded” start order.eQS 9: AwardsRegular Season: For each regular season event, organizers will award ribbons, medals or trophies to the top 3 places in each age group J3-J6, male and female. Participation ribbons may be given to J5s and MUST be given to all J6 male and female. Overall places should be awarded medals or trophies for the top 3 places male and female, not ribbons. J1 and J2 skiers are to be included in the overall results. Awards shall be provided for the top three male and female competitors based on the combined scores (“combined” being based on all events held at a competition) in all competitions holding more than one event. The quality of the combined awards is at the discretion of the event organizer. Team awards are not required, though host clubs may elect to manually determine a team award.EQS Regional Finals: For each event trophies should be awarded to the top ten places overall male and female. Combined trophies should be awarded to top three places overall male and female. There are no age group awards.EQS Championships: Overall trophies will be awarded to the top ten places for each event and combined for both men and women. No age group awards will be given. The Philip Holmes Sportsmanship award (provided by Eastern Freestyle-Freeskiing) shall be presented to the J3-J6 skier that displays good sportsmanship. Certificates or ribbons recognizing participation shall be given to all J5 and J6 skiers. Combined skiers may receive a participation ribbon, as well.eQS 10: Spins Greater than 900, Inverted Jumps and off-Axis tricks Athletes and coaches are held responsible for the following rules. The competition jury may disqualify (DSQ) an athlete for attempting or executing a jump if the act is determined to be a deliberate violation of these rules. The Jury should refer to Rule 3059 and recommend sanctions to the EFCC.1. For EQS big air/aerial events, any athletes performing spins greater than 900, inverted

jumps and off-axis tricks must have these maneuvers qualified in accordance with the current USSA rules (Section 3070 in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide)

Page 40: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

38

and must have a USSA Level 2 aerial or higher certified coach present.2. For EQS big air/aerial events, any athletes performing spins greater than 900, inverted

jumps and off-axis tricks must have these maneuvers listed on the USSA Freestyle Jump Qualification List, available at www.easternfreestyle-freeskiing.org.

3. For EQS mogul events, athletes may not perform spins greater than 720, inverted jumps or off-axis tricks. Reminder: EQS mogul athletes are invited to participate in one mogul and one dual mogul event at the ECS level each year.

4. For EQS slopestyle events, any athletes performing spins greater than 900 and off-axis tricks must have their maneuvers qualified by a USSA Level 2 or higher coach. If the athlete does not have the maneuvers qualified, then they must have a USSA Level 2 aerial coach or higher present at the event to represent them.

5. For EQS slopestyle events, any athletes wishing to compete spins greater than 900 or off-axis tricks must perform these maneuvers during official training.

6. If the Technical Delegate deems the situation unsafe; the site not appropriate; the athlete having problems with the jump, then the TD may exclude the jump from the competition.

eQS 11: bibs Event organizers provide athletes with competition bibs at each event. The event organizers will ask for the competitor’s USSA card or $20 for a deposit in exchange for the bib at registration. Bibs MUST be returned at the end of the competition. Some organizers may ask for the bibs to be returned after each day’s event.eQS 12: venues1. EQS moguls and big air/aerials: Technical Specifications see Chapter 5 of the USSA

Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.2. EQS slopestyle: Technical Specifications see Chapter 5 of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing

Competition Guide.eQS 13: loss of Ski A maximum of 30 seconds shall be allowed for loss of ski(s) in moguls. In the event the 30 seconds is exceeded or the run is not continued the run shall be scored to the loss of ski(s).eQS 14: pace times The pace time will be based on a speed of 7.0 meters/seconds for men and 6.2 meters/seconds for women. (May 2011) EQS pace times will be evaluated on yearly basis at the Eastern Freestyle/Freeskiing Annual Spring Meeting.eQS 15: Judging1. EQS events may use a minimum of two judges with the exception of EQS Championships,

where the minimum is three judges.2. In EQS mogul events jumps may be repeated, though when a competitor repeats the same

jump, only the best scored jump will count from each air judge. The jump combination in a run of a “spread” and “kossack” is considered to be EXACTLY the same and only one jump will be scored.

3. There shall be no restrictions on the grab: It may be performed as a single maneuver.4. In EQS big air/aerial events jumps may not be repeated. Jumps must be called down to the

head judge. Calling down jumps in EQS aerials is merely to help educate the athletes and judges. If an athlete does not perform the jump called down, the judges will score the jump performed with no deductions.

eQS 16: open events Most EQS aerial and slopestyle events are “open”, the event is only scored to the Eastern Points List and only non-FFSP ranked athletes will be scored. In the event that an event organizer hosts a traditional aerial event with a single kicker, athletes with a USSA Competitor license may also have their results submitted to the USSA National Points List, the FFSP.

Page 41: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

39

USSA FAr WeSt competition rulesUSSA membership All competitors must be a current USSA member and must be registered as a USSA Far West Freestyle/Freeskiing member and/or a member of another USSA division.registration Online preregistration is required for all USSA Far West Freestyle/Freeskiing events. Online registration for all events is available at www.farwestfreestyle.com. Registration fees must be received at least 48 hours prior to the event.Fees One event $50 Two events on the same day $65 Three events on same day $70bibs Bibs are issued prior to the member’s first competition by the registration chairperson at the event and must be worn throughout the season. Competition bibs cost $20. Replacement bibs are also $20. Competitors from other regions will be issued a loner bib from Far West for competition day(s).refunds If a competitor is ill, injured or otherwise unable to attend an event for which he/she is preregistered and the registration chairperson is given 24 hours notice, then a refund of the fee or credit toward a future competition, less any administrative fee, will be given (at the option of the competitor). No refunds will be made if notice is not received at least 24 hours prior to the competition or in the event of weather related cancellation of events.Athlete representation All USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing member athletes are welcome to compete in Far West freestyle/freeskiing events. Athletes who are independent or have traveled to a USSA Far West sanctioned event without a coach must make arrangements with another qualified USSA coach who is present at such event and is willing to accept the responsibility of coaching said athlete. When this arrangement has been made, it is the responsibility of said coach and athlete to notify the Far West chairman and to provide Far West with proper medical releases and authorizations for treatment.Athlete Qualifications All athletes will be required to be qualified for maneuvers performed during their training and competitive runs. Athletes performing maneuvers that are not qualified for will be subject to discipline as outlined in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.Start orders There are two start orders for each discipline in all competitions unless unforeseen circumstances (course conditions, weather, time restrictions etc) prevent such from occurring. The normal start orders are as follows, but are subject to change by the competition jury. First run: women – random order, followed by J6, J5 and J4 men - random order, followed by J3 and older men – random order. Second run: women – reverse order of first run finish, followed by men – reverse order of first run finish, place 16 to place 1, followed by place 17 to last place in moguls events or any event with a field or more than 32 competitors.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy All U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team members are invited and encouraged to participate at division events and are exempt from all fees and deposits.

Page 42: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

40

USSA Far West championships Based upon the current size of the division, there are no quotas for division championships. All competitors are invited and encouraged to participate in the division championships. In the event the size of the division membership increases, the division will develop selection criteria to establish quotas for participation in division championships. Far West athletes must compete in Far West Division Championships in order to compete in USSA Junior Nationals and USSA National Championships.

Junior NationalsQuota Please see the National and International Programs.Qualification In order to qualify for the Junior Nationals an athlete must be less than 19 years of age on Dec. 31 of the competition season, have a USSA freestyle or freeskiing competitor membership and be a paid member of Far West. Athletes must have completed the following minimum requirements, after which the division will follow the selection criteria as set forth by the Freestyle and Freeskiing Sport Committee.- JN’s moguls athlete (male/female) - three (3) USSA and/or FIS moguls events prior to the

closing of the JN’s FFSP list plus Far West division championships for moguls.- JN’s dual athlete (male/female) - two (2) USSA and/or FIS moguls events prior to the

closing of the JN’s FFSP list plus Far West division championships for moguls.- JN’s halfpipe, big air and aerial athlete (male/female) - two (2) USSA and/or FIS event(s)

in which they wish to qualify prior to the closing of the JN’s FFSP list plus Far West division championships for the event(s) in which they wish to qualify.

Alternates Alternates will be selected based upon their ranking on the most recent FFSP list, performance within the division and/or their performance at interdivisional events and may be chosen at the discretion of the board.

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuota Please see the National and International Programs sections of this guide.Qualification All competitors will be chosen based on their respective freestyle/freeskiing points on the list published directly after Far West division championships. Competitors must meet the division’s minimum participation requirements as outlined above (Junior Nationals section). The division will follow the criteria as outlined by the Freestyle and Freeskiing Sport Committee.Notification Procedure It is the goal of the division to communicate selection for the U.S. Freestyle Championships to the athletes as soon as possible. As soon as the chairman receives final notification from the USSA office, he or she will call competitors and final verification will be made.Alternates Alternates will be chosen in every field based upon their ranking on the national points list. In some unusual cases such as injury, factors other than the national points list may be relevant when selecting a team. When such circumstances arise, it shall be the responsibility of the board to resolve such matters using relevant information to fairly select the strongest possible team.

Page 43: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

41

USSA INtermoUNtAIN competition rules and entry proceduresUSSA membership In order to compete in an Intermountain Division Freestyle event, you must first be a member of USSA holding a freestyle/freeskiing membership. Those skiers wishing to participate who do not hold a membership shall be required to submit a USSA application with full payment, and proof of insurance, at the event registration.preregistration Preregistration is required for all USSA Intermountain Freestyle/Freeskiing events. Registration fees must be received no later than the Wednesday prior to the event. If the event is scheduled to begin on any day other than Saturday, then all registration fees must be received at least three days prior to the event. A calendar of events as well as registration forms and a link to any online registration pages may be found at www.intermountainfreestyle.org. Each registration form will contain the necessary information concerning the respective events. After forms have been received, fees paid will act as registration of that event or for events in the future. Please include a letter with your name, age group and for what event the fees are to be applied to, this will avoid confusion. All registration is on a first come first served basis and is subject to quota restrictions.Fees Skiers from all divisions are welcome to attend any Intermountain freestyle/freeskiing event. They must meet all of the registration requirements. Registration fees for each event will be determined in the fall. All returned checks will be subject to a $25 charge, and the competitor must provide cash and be current in order to register for events. Credit Card Entries with invalid numbers or those that are declined will not be entered into that event. It is the athlete’s responsibility to assure that the entry is readable and that there are available funds. Late Fees of $15 may be charged to registration received after the preregistration deadline and to any registration with a declined credit card that has to be rerun after the deadline.Quota Slopestyle 60 Halfpipe 60 Moguls 125 Aerials 60bibs Bibs will be issued at registration for each event. For competitors who have lost their bib, the replacement cost is $20.refunds Once a competitor leaves the starting gate for an event, he/she is not entitled to any refund. Competitors who choose not to show up for an event that they have registered for will be allowed to apply 50% of the entry towards another event held in Intermountain for that season. If a competitor does not use a prepaid registration in that season in which it was intended for then that registration is forfeited. Below are the scenarios and according refund procedures:1. An athlete who notifies an event organizer 48 hours prior to the event that they will not

compete should get a full refund.2. An athlete who is injured while training, prior to the day of the competition, should get a

full refund.3. An athlete who is injured on the day of the competition would not receive a refund.4. An event is cancelled at any point on the day of the event, the organizer is not obligated to

refund any registration fees.

Page 44: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

42

5. An event is cancelled prior to the day of the event, the athlete may receive a full refund. All refunds are handled directly by event organizers.Start Orders Start orders will be posted in the check-in area before each event. Random start orders are created for the first run of the event run of an event, the second run will be determined based on the competitor’s performance in the first run, with the only exception being aerials where the first run and the second run have the same run order. Women will compete first and men second for each run. A performance cut may be applied to the second run based off of the first run results, by the jury, to any competition (except aerials which must be a two run competition for points list reasons) to insure that the event will be completed on time. The cut line may vary depending on the course, turnaround time, size of the field and other variables but the cut off line must be announced prior to the start of the first run.Scorecards Intermountain may return raw score sheets at the end of every event. Your scores may be available after they have been checked and reviewed by the head judge of the competition and declared official results. Comments should be directed toward the head judge concerning these score sheets. It is the intention of the intermountain division to provide, to the best of its ability, first run results to all coaches and officials between runs. Final results will be distributed after awards to all team representatives.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy All members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team A and B Team may compete for free. C Team members will pay $10 per event day, with the exception of intermountain division championships, which is $20 per event day. Note: Team members only get the discount or free in the discipline that they are a member of the Team. If they choose to ski in another discipline then they will be subject to normal entry fees for that discipline. The recognized disciplines are moguls, dual moguls, and aerials.Awards Awards are presented in each event to both male and female competitors in all age groups.

USSA Intermountain championshipsQuota The Intermountain Division Championships are open to all eligible competitors from Intermountain.Qualification Intermountain Division Championships are open to all Intermountain competitors who are registered with USSA and have competed in that discipline at least once during the current season at an intermountain division event.Notification Procedure Notification of the details for Intermountain Division Championships will be posted on the division website www.intermountainfreestyle.org.

Junior NationalsQuota Please see the National and International Programs section of this guide.Qualification In order to qualify for the Junior Nationals, a competitor must meet certain intermountain division requirements. U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and U.S. Freeskiing Team members do not have to meet these requirements. After these minimum criteria have been met, the division will follow the selection criteria as set forth by the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing

Page 45: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

43

Sport Committee. For halfpipe and slopestyle, the division will select five males and five females to represent Intermountain in the Junior National competition. These athletes must be members of the Intermountain Division. Details of the selection criteria will be posted at www.intermountain.org.Moguls discipline - Three division competitions, plus Intermountain ChampionshipsAll other disciplines - Two division competitions, plus Intermountain ChampionshipsAlternates Alternates will be named on the basis of the ratio of men to women. This process applies only to the selection of skiers to attend the Junior Nationals under its current form. All alternates for events with more than two spots will be named in accordance with the designated ratio.Notification Procedure Team selection for Junior Nationals will be done by the respective intermountain coaches. The coaches will then be responsible for contacting their respective athletes and the event organizer.discretion It is the goal of the division to communicate the fairest possible, competitor oriented process for the selection to events. All questions concerning selection should be directed toward the Intermountain division chairman.

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuota Please refer to National and International Programs section of this guide.Qualification All competitors will be chosen based on their respective freestyle points on the list that is published directly after the intermountain divisional championships. Competitors must meet the division’s minimum participation requirements, as outlined above (Junior Nationals section). The division will follow the criteria as outlined by the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Sport Committee.Notification Procedure It is the goal of the division to communicate the fairest possible, competitor oriented, process for selection to these events. All questions concerning selection should be directed towards the Intermountain chairman.discretion Discretion may be used to fill intermountain division’s allocated spots with competitors who do not meet the performance requirements for good and compelling reason. These include but are not limited to: injury, serious personal problems or membership on a national team.

Intermountain Junior circuitpurpose The Intermountain Junior Circuit (IJC) exists to promote the sport of freestyle/freeskiing at the junior level. It serves to educate entry level skiers, officials, judges, coaches and parents. Events are designed to encourage freestyle/freeskiing skiing basics in a fun and encouraging atmosphere.Age requirements The junior circuit is designed for entry level skiers ages 7 to 14 years-olds (J6 to J3); though it is open to all age groups at this time. This series provides age group awards in moguls, aerials, slopestyle, and combined. Entry level J1 and J2 skiers may participate in Junior Circuit skiing and are included in the overall awards for moguls, aerials, slopestyle, and combined but not in age awards.

Page 46: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

44

Start orders Males and females shall run separately within age groups, females first. Late entries shall run at the end of the appropriate field. Athletes left off the run order due to the organizer error shall run at the beginning of their age group. All regular season events shall be run in order of age group beginning with the J6 age group and proceeding upwards. The best scored run counts for awards.moguls A junior mogul course is designed to encourage proper skill execution. For course specs please see Chapter 5 of this Guide. A junior course may include either 1 jump or 2 at the discretion of the event organizer. Speed is not a factor in the scoring criteria.Aerials IJC aerial events shall consist of a minimum of two practice jumps and two competition jumps where the best jump counts. For course specs please see Chapter 5 of this Guide.Slopestyle Everyone skis two runs, with the best run to count for the final result. For course specs please see Chapter 5 of this Guide.Awards For each event, organizers will award ribbons, medals or trophies to the top 3 places for each age based upon year of birth, male and female. Participation ribbons may be given to all competitors and MUST be given to all J6 male and female. Overall places should be awarded medals or trophies for the top 3 places male and female. J1 and J2 skiers are to be included in the overall results. Awards shall be provided for the top three male and female competitors based on the combined scores (“combined” being based on all events held at a competition) in all competitions holding more than one event. The quality of the combined awards is at the discretion of the event organizer. Team awards are not required, though host clubs may elect to manually determine a team award.Intermountain Junior circuit: Inverts and off-Axis Jumps IJC aerial events DO ALLOW INVERTS AND OFF-AXIS JUMPS. IJC mogul events DO NOT ALLOW INVERTS OR OFF-AXIS JUMPS. IJC slopestyle events DO ALLOW OFF-AXIS JUMPS. IJC slopestyle events DO NOT ALLOW INVERTS, OR ROTATIONS GREATER THAN 720.1. For IJC aerial and slopestyle events, athletes’ aerial maneuvers must be qualified in

accordance with the current USSA rules, see section 3070 in the USSA Competition Guide. Also, any athlete performing an inverted or off axis maneuver must have an appropriately certified coach present.

2. If the Technical Delegate deems the situation unsafe; the site not appropriate; the athlete having problems with the jump, then the TD may exclude the jump from the competition.

3. The competition jury will disqualify (DSQ) an athlete for attempting or executing a non-qualified jump. In the event the act is determined to be a deliberate violation.

Judging1. IJC events may use a minimum of two judges.2. In mogul events that consist of a 2 jump course, jumps may be repeated, though when a

competitor repeats the same jump, only the best scored jump will count from each air judge. There shall be no restrictions on the grab, it may be performed as a single maneuver. The only exception – “spread” and “kossack”. This jump combination in a run is considered to be EXACTLY the same and only one jump will be scored.

3. In aerial events jumps may be repeated.

Page 47: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

45

USSA NORTHERN entry proceduresUSSA membership In order to compete in a Northern Division Freestyle (NDF) event you must first be a member of USSA holding a freestyle membership. Your membership card will be required at all competitions. Those skiers wishing to participate, who do not hold a membership, shall be required to submit an USSA application with full payment at www.ussa.org prior to competition. You must declare a division affiliation before competing at any Northern event. You do not need to live in the Northern to compete in the division. To be considered in Northern’s allocations to national events, you must pay Northern’s membership fee of $15 and you need to have declared your affiliation as northern when you applied for your competition membership.event registration Event registration fees will be $45 for J3 and up and $25 for J4 and below. Event registration forms will be available at www.ndfreestyle.com. The event registration form needs to be sent to the event organizer and postmarked or faxed by 5 p.m. the Wednesday before the event or a $10 late fee will be applied. Payment by cash or check can be made up to the start of the official training on the morning of the event.USSA Fees All members of USSA registered in Northern division must pay a divisional fee of $15. This fee is billed with your USSA renewal. The fee must be paid before any competitor can compete at an NDF event.Quota Moguls events will be limited to 85 competitors. All competitors who register will be given two runs. If more than 85 competitors register, only the first 85 to register will be allowed into the event.bibs NDF bibs cost $20, which is a permanent, personally owned bib that will be used at all competitions. Any loss or reissue of a bib will result in a $20 charge. Bibs will be assigned randomly during skiers’ first competition. A $20 deposit will be held for any bib loaned to a competitor for one event.refunds Once a competitor leaves the starting gate for an event, he/she is not entitled to any refund. Below are the scenarios and according refund procedures:1. An athlete who notifies an event organizer 48 hours prior to the event that they will not

compete should get a full refund.2. An athlete who is injured while training, should get a full refund.3. An event is cancelled at any point on the day of the event, the organizer will refund 50% of

the registration fees.4. An event is cancelled prior to the arrival of the judges the athlete will receive a full refund. Refunds are the responsibility of each organizing committee. Submit a written request for a refund to the chief of competition for each event. Entry fees cannot be transferred from one event to another.Start order The host team will set the Start orders; which will be computer generated and randomly drawn by sex. The start order will be posted one hour before the start of the event at the main lodge and at the top and bottom of every course. Females will run first. The second run will be the reverse order of the first or by reverse of the place of the first run.

Page 48: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

46

pace time Moguls events in the Northern Division will use the USSA formula for figuring the paceset time for each course (see rule 6204.3.1).Scorecards Judges scorecards will be available to the competitor following the event and after event has been officially scored.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy All members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team are welcome to compete in any NDF event at no cost without prior notice of intent to compete.Awards Awards will follow in the day lodge after the course breakdown. All competitors are expected to help with the course breakdown. Results will be posted after the awards ceremony and whenever possible copies will be available to all team coaches and will be posted on the NDF website within 24 hours. During the Northern Championships of each season an awards ceremony will be held where at least the following awards will be given: men’s and women’s grand prix moguls champion, rookie of the year and sportsmanship award. The Grand Prix will be calculated using all events held within the Northern Division.

competition rules Courses for moguls events will be set and opened one day before the actual competition. All NDF events follow USSA rules with the following exceptions: Rule 3055.5 In dual moguls, if a competitor enters the course before the start command is completed it will result in a DNS. In NDF events this will result in a restart. Rule 3070 In the Northern Division tricks need to be properly qualified for all disciplines except halfpipe.

Northern division championships All athletes are required to compete in the Divisional Championships to remain on the FFSP list and to earn qualified spots to National and International events.

Junior NationalsQuota Northern will have a minimum of three men and three women in moguls, dual moguls and aerials, and five in halfpipe and slopestyle. Northern Division will also have one combined athlete per sex based on the divisional championship results. See the National and International Programs section of this guide for more information.Selection procedure The National points list will solely be used for selection of the spots allocated to Northern. The selection will be made at least two weeks prior to the first day of official training of the Junior Nationals.Qualification To be qualified for selection to Junior Nationals from Northern, you need to be under 19 years of age on Dec. 31 of the competition season and have a USSA freestyle competitor membership and a paid member of Northern. At the divisional championships you must compete in the event in which you wish to qualify for the Junior Nationals.Alternates Two alternates in moguls, slopestyle and halfpipe will be named.Notification Procedure The JN team will be announced during the awards of the Divisional Championships. If changes occur after this time the competitor will be called as soon as possible.

Page 49: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

47

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuota Please refer to the National and International Programs section of this guide.Selection procedure National points list will be used as the sole purpose of selection for all of our allocated spots to the U.S. Freestyle Championships. If those competitors are later selected from the FFSP list, the Northern spots will go to the next competitors in line.Qualification To qualify to compete in the U.S. Freestyle Championships, skiers must compete in the Northern Championships in each discipline in which they wish to qualify for the event.Alternates One alternate will be named to the team in each discipline from the national points list. The alternate will pay the event registration fee and receive a credential, as well as all other benefits of a team member.Notification Procedure Preliminary notification will be made at the northern division championships. After the division chairman receives final notification from the USSA office, he or she will call competitors and final verification will be made.discretion In some unusual cases, factors other than the National points list may be necessary for consideration when selecting the discretionary allocated spot. These factors include:1. Injury to a competitor preventing a full season of participation.2. Other competitions i.e., NorAm, World Cup, preventing full season participation.3. Other factors unforeseen by the NDF, which would prohibit a clearly superior competitor

from team participation. When such circumstances arise, it shall be the responsibility of the executive committee to resolve such matters using relevant information to fairly select the strongest possible team.other considerations USSA Northern reminds all competitors that they are the guests of each mountain during freestyle and freeskiing competitions. Competitors’ conduct is very important to the image that USSA Northern Division Freestyle projects to both the skiing public and the host mountain management. Every freestyle/freeskiing skier has the responsibility of conducting himself or herself in a manner that fits an appreciative guest. All area rules must be followed and no line cutting will be allowed.

Page 50: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

48

USSA PACIFIC NORTHWEST competition rules and entry procedures PNSA events will follow USSA rules. Aerial sites will have a minimum of 90 minutes of practice or a minimum of four practice jumps before official competition begins. Because of the limited number of staff, cooperation of the athletes is expected.USSA membership All competitors will be required to hold a current USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing membership. At the discretion of the Event Secretary, competition registrars may accept USSA memberships. Proof of registration will be required at all competitions.registration Registration will take place the day of the event from 7:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.Information, Schedules and Last Minute Changes Please check with regional clubs for more information.pNSA event entry Fees PNSA entry fees are $35 per event. Some events may have different fees.Refunds A full refund will be given for events registered for and not attended. Submit a request in writing after the divisional championships and refunds will be granted.Start orders Start orders will be computer generated random draw by gender. All competitions will run women-men/women-men. Run orders will be available to coaches at the judges’ stand at the end of official training.Scorecards Judges scorecards will be available to all competitors after the awards ceremony. Scorecards not retrieved will be discarded.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy Entry fees will be waived for all members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team competing in PNSA divisional events.Scoring A three judge format will be standard. Events may be judged with a five or seven judge format.

Junior NationalsQuota We will have a minimum of three males and three females in moguls, dual moguls and aerials, slopestyle and halfpipe. Please see the National and International section of this guide for more information.Qualification To qualify to compete at the Junior Nationals, skiers must compete in at least 2 regular season events within the division and the divisional championships in each discipline in which they wish to qualify.Selection Selections for the PNSA spots will be made following the Divisional Championships. Quotas will be filled as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, using the most current USSA points list, FFSP list 3. If the PNSA quotas are not filled as described in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, the highest ranked competitor(s) on FFSP list 3 will fill the remaining unfilled positions.

Page 51: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

49

discretion Discretion will be used only in extreme cases.

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuota In addition to PNSA competitors that have qualified for the U.S. Freestyle Championships as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide PNSA will have a guarantee of one additional competitor per sex, per event for the U.S. Freestyle Championships (The PNSA Allotted Spot). Please see the National and International section of this guide for more information.Qualification To qualify to compete at the U. S. Freestyle Championships skiers must compete in at least 2 regular season events within the division and the divisional championships in each discipline in which they wish to qualify.Selection Quotas will be filled as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, using the most current USSA points list, FFSP list number 4. The highest ranked competitor, who has not already qualified for the event, on the FFSP list number 4, will fill the PNSA Allotted Spot.discretion Discretion will be used only in extreme cases.Notification Procedure Notification will be made after divisional championships.

other considerations All athletes, coaches and officials must adhere to the USSA Code of Conduct. Participants must behave as guests to the ski area, showing proper respect to staff and management. All violations will be dealt with per USSA guidelines. All officials are friends of the sport and will be accessible to any athlete, coach or parent. However, all event participants must respect the need for officials to attend to their duties and the right of other athletes to perform without interference. The judges’ stand and the area surrounding it may not be approached during the competition without invitation to do so. The same restriction applies to the scoring and announcing facilities.

.

Page 52: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

50

USSA AlASKA competition rules and entry procedures Alaska events will follow USSA rules. Because of the limited number of staff, cooperation of the athletes is expected.USSA membership All competitors will be required to hold a current USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing membership. At the discretion of the Event Secretary, competition registrars may accept USSA memberships. Proof of registration will be required at all competitions.registration Registration will take place one day before of the event due by 4 p.m. at the Alyeska Ski Club building.Alaska event entry Fees Alaska entry fees are $25 per event. Some events may have different fees.refunds A full refund will be given for events registered for and not attended. Submit a request in writing after the divisional championships and refunds will be granted.Start orders Start orders will be computer generated random draw by gender. A limited number of run orders will be available to coaches and athletes at the end of official training.Scorecards Judges scorecards will be available to all competitors after the awards ceremony. Scorecards not retrieved will be discarded.U.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy Entry fees will be waived for all members of the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team competing in Alaska divisional events.Scoring A three judge format will be standard. Events may be judged with a five or seven judge format.

Junior NationalsQuota We will have a minimum of three males and three females in moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle and halfpipe. Please see the National and International section of this guide for more information.Qualification To qualify to compete at the Junior Nationals, athletes must compete in at least 2 regional competitions.Selection Selections for the Alaska spots will be made after the Divisional Championships. Quotas will be filled as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, using the most current USSA points list, FFSP list 3. If the Alaska quotas are not filled as described in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, the highest ranked competitor(s) on FFSP list 3 will fill the remaining unfilled positions.discretion Discretion will be used only in extreme cases.

Page 53: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

51

U.S. Freestyle championshipsQuota In addition to Alaska competitors that have qualified for the U.S. Freestyle Championships as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide Alaska will have a guarantee of one additional competitor per sex, per event for the U.S. Freestyle Championships (the Alaska allotted spot). Please see the National and International section of this guide for more information.Qualification To qualify to compete at the U.S. Freestyle Championships athletes must compete in at least 2 regional competitions.Selection Quotas will be filled as provided for in the Domestic Programs section of this guide, using the most current USSA points list, FFSP list number 4. The highest ranked competitor, who has not already qualified for the event, on the FFSP list number 4, will fill the Alaska allotted spot.discretion Discretion will be used only in extreme cases.Notification Procedure Notification will be made after divisional championships.

other considerations All athletes, coaches and officials must adhere to the USSA Code of Conduct. Participants must behave as guests to the ski area, showing proper respect to staff and management. All violations will be dealt with per USSA guidelines. All officials are friends of the sport and will be accessible to any athlete, coach or parent. However, all event participants must respect the need for officials to attend to their duties and the right of other athletes to perform without interference. The judges’ stand and the area surrounding it may not be approached during the competition without invitation to do so. The same restriction applies to the scoring and announcing facilities.

Page 54: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

52

rocKy moUNtAIN Rocky Mountain Freestyle/Freeskiing offers two levels of competition for our Freestyle/Freeskiing athletes. The first is a Developmental/Qualifying program that is primarily intended for entry and mid-level athletes. This fun program offers age class competitions and usually only requires a youth level USSA membership and Rocky Division Youth membership. The next step in competitor progression is our Competitive Series program that offers full USSA sanctioned competitions in moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle and halfpipe. This program requires a USSA Competitor membership and full Rocky Mountain Division membership. Competitors receive points on the USSA national points list. More details about each of these two programs are provided below.

rocky mountain Freestyle/Freeskiing competition committee (rmFFcc) RMFFCC has established the following essential principles for the freestyle and freeskiing program in order of importance: 1) Safety of all competitors, 2) A fun and rewarding competitive experience and 3) The development of competitive freestyle and freeskiing athletes.organization The RMFFCC is the governing board for Rocky Mountain Freestyle and Freeskiing. Board positions are elected for three year terms on a rotational basis so that only one third of the positions are elected each year. The executive committee consists of a chairman, vice-chairman, secretary and treasurer. Other board positions are head judge, rules and technical, eight coaching representatives, three athlete representatives and two members at-large. Athlete representation equals at least 20% of the governing board.developmental (devo) Freestyle Subcommittee The Devo Freestyle subcommittee is responsible for developing freestyle skiing for young, entry and mid-level competitors. They are responsible for establishing rules suitable for these athletes, working with the ski areas to produce a schedule and set the entry fees, and informing the RMFCC of the progress of the Devo freestyle program.Freeskiing Subcommittee The Freeskiing Subcommittee is responsible for developing aerials, halfpipe, and slopestyle freestyle skiing for Rocky Mountain Freestyle competitors. They are responsible for establishing rules suitable for these athletes, working with the ski areas to produce a schedule and set the entry fees, and informing the RMFCC of the progress of the Freeskiing program.

General rocky division competition rules Rocky Mountain Competitive Series competitions are held in accordance with the rules established in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.Helmet Requirement All competitors, including Devo, must wear a helmet during competition and official training at all Rocky Mountain events.Jump Qualifications In accordance with Section 3070 of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide, athletes must qualify all aerial maneuvers performed at Rocky Mountain Freestyle and Freeskiing mogul, dual mogul, and aerial events. Jump qualifications are to be reported to USSA and to the Rocky Mountain Freestyle and Freeskiing office. This includes non-divisional athletes competing in Rocky Mountain events.

Page 55: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

53

Age Groups Age groups for both the Devo and Competitive Series programs are identified in the Domestic Programs section of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide.other considerations Competitors are reminded that they are guests of each mountain during freestyle and freeskiing competitions. Competitor conduct is very important to the image that we project to both the skiing public and the host mountain management. All resort rules must be followed and line cutting is not allowed. The Competition Jury can disqualify any competitor from an event for violating resort rules.Additional Information Rocky Mountain Freestyle and Freeskiing exists to serve and promote the USSA freestyle and freeskiing community. Please contact us if you have questions or have comments that could help to improve our program. Information and event schedules can be found on our website, www.rockymountainfreestyle.com, or contact our office by email [email protected], or by phone at 303.202.0534.

major events and programsdevelopmental/Qualifying (devo) program The Devo program may feature competitions in moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle, halfpipe, and skicross events. Competitions are hosted on weekends at several different resorts across Colorado. Devo moguls competitions include events that may have one or two jumps, with or without timing, with each competitor receiving two runs, the better of which is counted. A three judge panel scores each of the competitors. Each season concludes with a Devo Championship weekend. The schedule and location of events are posted on the Rocky Mountain Freestyle website.devo 1: Age requirements The Devo Program is a format designed for entry-level skiers of all ages.Devo 2: Points List Though Devo events are sanctioned by USSA, Devo events are considered “non-scored” USSA events and are not reflected on the USSA points list.devo 3: developmental and Qualifying competitions Mogul competitions deemed Devo (Developmental), will have 1 jump and will not be timed. Mogul competitions deemed RQS (Rocky Qualifying Series) will have 2 jumps and will be timeddevo 4: devo/rQS championships The Devo Championships will be at the last events of the Devo season. The Devo Championships shall be scheduled to occur after Regional Finals and will consist of three days of competition allowing for two runs in each event. The best performing male and female competitors in the Devo Championships, in each event, will be named the Devo “Event” Champion (e.g. Devo Mogul Champion).devo 5: QuotasRegular Season: Devo regular season separate day competitions shall be limited to 200 runs unless otherwise indicated on the official event schedule and approved by the RMFFCC.Devo Championships: Athletes must have competed in a minimum of two Devo events to qualify to compete in the Devo Championships.devo 6: Forerunners The forerunners should be selected from age appropriate male and female athletes with the suggestion of the head judge for overall number.devo 7: Start orders

Page 56: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

54

Starts shall be run in order of age group beginning with the youngest age group and proceeding upwards in age. Males and females shall run separately within age groups, females first. Late entries shall run at the end of the appropriate field. Athletes left off the run order due to the organizer error shall run at the beginning of their age groups. The First and second run start order will be the same. The best scored run counts for awards.devo 8: Awards For each event, organizers will award ribbons, medals or trophies to the top 3 places in each age group J6-J3 and top 10 places overall male and female. Participation ribbons may be given all participants not in the age group top 3 or over all top 10. J2 and older skiers are to be included in the overall results only.Devo Championships: The organizer may choose to give Program awards if they choose.devo 9: Inverts and off-Axis JumpsDevo aerial events - ALLOW INVERTS AND OFF-AXIS JUMPS.Devo mogul events - DO NOT ALLOW INVERTS OR OFF-AXIS JUMPS.Devo slopestyle events - ALLOW INVERTS AND OFF-AXIS JUMPS.1. For Devo aerial and slopestyle events, athletes’ aerial maneuvers must be qualified in

accordance with the current USSA rules, see section 3070 in the USSA Competition Guide. Also, any athlete performing an inverted or off axis maneuver must have an appropriately certified coach present.

2. If the Technical Delegate deems the situation unsafe; the site not appropriate; the athlete having problems with the jump, then the TD may exclude the jump from the competition.

3. All qualified jumps MUST be listed on the USSA Freestyle Jump Qualification List at the time of the event

4. The competition jury will disqualify (DSQ) an athlete for attempting or executing a non-qualified jump. In the event the act is determined to be a deliberate violation the Jury should refer to Rule 3059 and recommend sanctions to the RMFCC.

devo 10: bibs Event organizers provide athletes with competition bibs at each event. The event organizers may ask for the competitor’s USSA card or $20 for a deposit in exchange for the bib at registration. Bibs MUST be returned at the end of the competition. Some organizers may ask for the bibs to be returned after each day’s event.devo 11: venues1. Devo moguls and aerials: Technical Specifications see Chapter 5 of this Guide.2. Devo slopestyle: Technical Specifications see Chapter 5 of this Guide.devo 12: loss of Ski A maximum of 15 seconds shall be allowed for loss of ski(s) in an event. In the event the 15 seconds is exceeded or the run is not continued the run shall be scored to the loss of ski(s).devo 13: pace times The pace time will be based on a speed of 7.0 meters/seconds for men and 6.2 meters/seconds for women. Devo pace times will be evaluated on yearly basis at the RMFCC annual Spring Meeting.devo 14: timingFor Devo mogul events any available timing is legal. This will include single watch, dual watch, and electronic timing.devo 15: Judging1. Devo events will use a minimum of three judges.2. In single mogul events jumps may not be repeated, though when a competitor repeats the

same jump, only the best-scored jump will count. There shall be no restrictions on the grab. It may be performed as a single maneuver. The only exception – “spread” and “kossack”.

Page 57: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

55

This jump combination in a run is considered to be EXACTLY the same and only one jump will be scored.

3. In aerial events jumps may be repeated and may be called down to the head judge.4. In dual moguls jumps may be repeated.one-time moguls devo move-ups The Devo Program is an introductory level program for Freestyle and Freeskiing skiers. A Devo program athlete may, with the approval of their coach move up to compete at ONE Rocky Mountain Competitive Series “meet” each year without losing their Devo status or having to obtain a full USSA Competitor membership (a meet consists of all moguls events on a specific competition weekend, including duals). However, a Devo athlete cannot move up to a Champs/Sr. event. Once a Devo athlete skis in their 2nd USSA scored Rocky Competitive Series event, they must remain at that upper level of competition. Please make sure to note “Devo Move-up” if registering for a Rocky Mountain Competitive Series event by emailing the RMF office at [email protected]. One-time Devo move-ups do not receive USSA points at their move-up meet unless they hold a full USSA Competitor membership. Sometimes Competitive Series mogul events are designated as “unrestricted” Devo move-up events which means that a Devo athlete may compete in these events without the event counting as their one-time move-up.Unrestricted Devo Aerial, Slopestyle and Halfpipe participation Devo competitors may, with the approval of their coach, compete in any or all of the Rocky Mountain Competitive program aerial, slopestyle and halfpipe events without losing their Devo status. Devo athletes are cautioned to ensure that their coach approves their jumps at these events in accordance with Section 3070 of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide. Devo athletes will not receive points on the USSA points list for these events unless they hold a full USSA Competitor membership.devo event Fees and registration The registration fee for Devo events is $25 for non-timed events and $35 for timed events. Athletes must register on the RMF website: www.rockymountianfreestyle.com Event Fact Sheets are posted on the Rocky Freestyle website. Events may be limited to the first 90 entrants.devo membership Each Devo competitor first year J3 and under (as of December 31 of the competition season) must hold both a valid USSA Freestyle Youth membership and a Rocky Mountain Division Youth membership. Both of these memberships are obtained together through the USSA on a single application. Membership information (fees, forms and payment options) are available at www.ussa.org. Any coach approved second year J3 or older Devo competitor (see above) must obtain either a USSA Freestyle Competitor membership with a Rocky membership, or a USSA Rookie membership, as appropriate. Forms and information on these memberships are also available at www.ussa.org. Any competitor who obtains a USSA Youth membership for the Rocky Devo program and later moves into the Rocky Freestyle Competitive Series program (except for the one time move up provided for above) will be required to purchase a full USSA Competitor or Rookie membership.

rocky mountain competitive Series program The Rocky Mountain Competitive Series program offers USSA sanctioned competitions in moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle and halfpipe. This program requires a USSA Competitor membership with a Rocky Division membership (or a Rookie membership if applicable). Competitors receive points on the USSA national points list.

Page 58: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

56

preregistration Preregistration is required for all Competitive Series events. This includes all Rocky and non-Rocky competitors. Deadline for event registration is 5 p.m. Mountain Standard Time the Tuesday before a competition. However, registration may close earlier if the event becomes full. If an event becomes full, and there are later scratched athletes, then those openings may be filled as designated by the host team. Late fees will not apply. Online registration, at www.rockymountainfreestyle.com, is the only method for registering for an event except that on-site registration may be allowed for events (excluding dual moguls) if the field is not yet full. A late fee of $15 will be charged for all on-site registrations including U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and U.S. Freeskiing Team members. There is no registration by fax, phone, email or mail. MasterCard and VISA are accepted for online registration (remember, VISA is the preferred credit card of the U.S. Ski Team). Athletes must bring proof of their online registration to each event.event Fees Weekend (meet) event fees for moguls events are $50 for the first event, $40 for the second event and $35 for each additional event. Event fees for double freeskiing events are $60 for the first double event and $50 for the second double event. The fees for the RMF Championships are $70 for the first event, $50 for the second event, and $40 for the third event. Any competitor who submits a returned check or bad credit card will be considered a “competitor not in good standing” and will 1) not be allowed to compete in Rocky Mountain Freestyle and Freeskiing events, 2) not receive any awards, and 3) may not appear on the USSA points list until all funds due are paid in fullevent refunds Withdrawal requests received by 5PM on the Tuesday before the event are subject to the $25 cancellation fee. Withdrawal requests received after the 5PM Tuesday cutoff do not receive any refund. If a refund is issued for medical reasons, a medical release may be required before the athlete can return to competition. Refunds are not provided if an event is cancelled or delayed for reasons outside of RMF’s control, unless there is sufficient notice of the event cancellation.membership All competitors must hold both a valid USSA Freestyle Competitor membership and a Rocky Mountain Division membership. Both of these memberships are obtained together through the USSA on a single application. Membership information (forms and payment options) are available online at www.ussa.org. A Rookie membership is available for first time competitors age 13 and up. Please see the USSA website for details. Competitors who have not received their current memberships before their first competition will be required to complete a new application and pay the membership fees and late fees again. All applications will be sent to USSA and any duplicate application refunds must be applied for by the competitor from USSA. USSA membership cards should be carried by competitors at all competitions to verify membership.Non-rocky division competitors Visiting competitors from other USSA divisions and foreign athletes may compete in a maximum of two Rocky events (i.e. up to two separate one-day competitions) without paying Rocky Mountain Division dues. If that competitor wishes to compete in additional events, then the Rocky Mountain Division dues are required. This payment will not cause the athlete’s home division designation to be changed.bibs Bibs are issued at the competitor’s first event of the season. It is your permanent number for the season and must be worn during training and competition at each event. Unless there is a change in Rocky sponsors, athletes should reuse their bib from the prior season if it is in

Page 59: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

57

good condition. There is an additional $30 fee to replace a lost bib during the season after the issuance of the competitor’s initial bib. Loaner bibs are available for a weekend, for a deposit of $30 and a fee of $10.Start orders An official start order will be posted at the event check-in location. It is the athlete’s responsibility to verify that they are on the start order before going on the mountain. Any omissions must be resolved with event officials prior to the start of the competition. Proof of registration is required if a competitor is not on the start order. Dual moguls competitors are required to check the official entry list the day before the competition to verify that they are on the list before the duals seeding and run order is prepared.Scorecards Whenever possible, original judges’ scorecards will be given to the competitors.

competitive Series eventsJunior moguls events Junior moguls events are open to all junior competitors (age 18 or under as of December 31 of the competition season), holding a USSA Freestyle Rookie or Competitor membership. Field size is limited to the first 90 entrants All athletes will receive two runs unless there are adverse course conditions. Run Order: The first run is a random order. The second is a different random order. Forerunners: Four forerunners per gender will be selected from the top finishers of the previous junior moguls event.open moguls events Open moguls competitions are open to all competitors holding a USSA Freestyle Rookie or Competitor membership up to the first 150 entrants. All age groups are welcome. Depending on field size and course or weather conditions, a performance cut may be necessary for the second run. Run Order: The first run is a random order. The second run for both men and women begins with the 16th qualifying position moving to 1st position, then 17th position moving down the qualifying order. Forerunners: Four forerunners per gender will be selected from the top finishers of the previous Open moguls event.champ/Senior moguls Qualification: All Junior athletes with 550 or more freestyle points from the latest USSA FFSP list prior to the event are eligible to register for this event. Also, all USSA Senior or Veteran athletes are invited to participate regardless of their standings on the FFSP list. There is a registration of cap of 150 athletes. There is a performance cut to the top 20 competitors per gender unless a deeper cut is required due to course or weather conditions. Run Order: Same as Open moguls. Forerunners: Four forerunners per gender will be selected from the most recent FFSP list.dual moguls Dual moguls events are open to all competitors holding USSA Freestyle Rookie or Competitor memberships. All ages are welcome. There is no limit on field size. The top 16 competitors per gender will be seeded off of the most recent FFSP list, and the remaining competitors will be randomly seeded. Athletes must verify they are on the official registrant list the day before the event because they cannot be added once the seeding/run order process has been completed. It is not possible to add competitors on the day of the competition if they were left off the registrant list for any reason. During a dual moguls competition, each competitor is allowed a maximum of one false

Page 60: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

58

start per event without receiving an RNS. A subsequent false start by the same competitor will result in an RNS for the round in which the second false start occurs, allowing his or her opponent to advance to the next round. The chief of start will announce each false start to the competition jury. This rule supersedes the corresponding USSA rule regarding dual moguls false starts for RMF Competitive Series events only.Aerial, Slopestyle and Halfpipe Events Aerial events are held on an aerial jump hill that offers at least three different size jumps. Slopestyle events are 2 to 5 hits held in a terrain park and may include optional rails. Halfpipe events are held in the resort’s existing halfpipe or superpipe. Multiple events may be held in the same day. Field size is limited to the first 100 entrants. Devo athletes are invited to participate in any Rocky aerial, slopestyle or halfpipe event provided their coach approves the athlete for his/her selected aerial maneuvers in accordance with Section 3070 of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide. Run Order: The first run is random order. The second run order is identical to the first. For aerials, the competitor must perform a different jump on each run and must call the jump.

rocky mountain divisional championships (for competitive Series) The Rocky Mountain Divisional Championships series may consist of moguls, dual moguls, aerials, halfpipe, and slopestyle events. Divisional Championship events are only open to Rocky Mountain Division Freestyle and Freeskiing members who have declared Rocky Mountain as their division with USSA. Rocky Mountain Division mogul and dual mogul athletes must compete in the Rocky Mountain Divisional Championships in their respective disciplines to be eligible to compete in Junior National Championships and/or U.S. Freestyle Championships. If an athlete is physically unable, yet required to compete, a medical waiver from a licensed physician must be submitted to the RMF secretary prior to the Divisional Event, or immediately following in the case of an injury at Divisional training. Rocky Mountain Divisional Championships may be held across different resorts as posted in the official schedule. Entry to the moguls Divisional Championship event requires a ranking from the USSA moguls Points List #3 of 400 FFSP; an invitation list will be posted on the RMF website after the posting of moguls Points List #3. There are no event caps for Divisional Championship events. Qualification: For moguls, the athlete must have competed in at least two Rocky Mountain Competitive Series Junior, Open, or Champs events during the season. For dual moguls, the athlete must have competed in at least one Rocky dual moguls events during the season. Aerials, halfpipe, and slopestyle are open to all Rocky Competitive Series athletes and do not require participation in a previous Rocky event. Combined Champions: In accordance with the Junior National Championships selection criteria, one male and one female competitor will be named as the Rocky Mountain Combined Champion based upon place points from the Divisional Championships moguls, aerials and halfpipe events. These two athletes are entitled to compete in each of the three disciplines at Junior National Championships and will be added above the JNs quota. (Reference Junior Nationals section in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide). Rocky Divisional Allocation to Junior National Championships: In the event that Rocky does not fill all allocations via JN’s selection criteria, those positions will be designated as follows. For slopestyle, aerials and halfpipe, the highest finishers from the designated competition that precedes Points List #3, will receive those allocations. For moguls and dual moguls, the divisional allocation will go to the highest finishers on Points List #3 Rocky Divisional Allocation to U.S. Freestyle Championships: Rocky’s divisional allocation to the U.S. Freestyle Championships for each event type (moguls, duals, aerials and halfpipe) shall be highest finisher from the respective Rocky Divisional Championship

Page 61: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

59

event who did not qualify for U.S. Freestyle Championships. For moguls, the divisional allocation will come from the moguls event at Divisionals. In the case of a tie in dual moguls, the tiebreaker will be the highest ranked athlete from the FFSP list used for U.S. Freestyle Championships invitations.

other proceduresU.S. Freestyle Ski team and U.S. Freeskiing team policy U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the U.S. Freeskiing Team “A” and “B” members are welcome to compete in any Rocky Mountain Freestyle competition at no cost but must comply with the RMF registration and late fee policy. Rocky Mountain C Team members who agree to pay for and attend Divisional Championships may ski free at divisional events. Rocky Mountain C Team members must have paid the RMD membership to receive this benefit. Non Rocky Mountain C Team members are subject to the normal fee schedule for non-team competitors.

Page 62: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

60

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

Print Black, White, P4515 or P5625

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 1 9/10/12 11:41 AM

Page 63: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

61

c o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e2 0 1 3

CHAPTER 4competItIoN

Page 64: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

62

This section of the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competition Guide provides general information on the major events and series, many of which are invitational or only open to skiers qualifying through previous competitions. For events and series where particular qualifications apply, the entry criteria, field size and design of the programs themselves have been carefully developed within USSA. They provide the best and most logical programs to encourage involvement by many skiers and provide timely opportunities for talented competitors to reach their full athletic potential in freestyle/freeskiing.

Age class competition Each division conducts various types of competitions open to all USSA members. Check your division’s schedule of events. You will be competing in your particular age classification only. Age classification is based on your age as of Dec. 31, of the competition season. Class Age (As of Dec. 31 of the competition season) Junior 7 5-6 years old Junior 6 7-8 years old Junior 5 9-10 years old Junior 4 11-12 years old Junior 3 13-14 years old Junior 2 15-16 years old Junior 1 17-18 years old Seniors 19 to 24 years old Veterans 1 25 to 39 years old Veterans 2 40 and olderDivisional Affiliation An athlete must compete for the division in which he or she resides, or in which he or she is attending school and/or training on a long-term basis. The choice (designation) should be based on where the athlete spends the greatest part of his/her ski season. Athletes must declare divisional affiliation at the start of the season and must abide by that declaration for the entire season. Any conflicts must be resolved before participation. No changes will be accepted without the approval of the freestyle program director and the freestyle/freeskiing sport committee chairperson.

Junior Nationals The 2013 USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Junior Nationals well be held in Park City, UT. The Junior Nationals brings together the top Junior competitors from each division. Junior National results determine who the best overall Junior competitor in each discipline: moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle, halfpipe, combined and the best competitor in each age class. A Divisions cup at Junior Nationals will be awarded using FIS World Cup points system for the aerials, halfpipe, slopestyle and moguls events. All athletes must be current members of USSA as a Freestyle/Freeskiing Competitor.Format Junior Nationals is a USSA event and will be run according to USSA rules, a qualifications/finals format will be used for moguls, halfpipe and slopestyle. In moguls the top 20 (women and men) will move on to finals. Halfpipe and slopestyle format – see section 4603 and 4703. Each heat should have two qualification runs, with the best run of the two counting. Each heat will have separate warm-up time. The results from finals will be used for overall and age group awards. The results from finals will also be used

Page 65: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

63

for the FFSPs, as explained in chapter 2 of this guide. FIS FFSP adjustment for moguls and duals. Run order selection for dual moguls will be taken from the FFSP list used for Junior Nationals selection. The top 16 athletes will be seeded, but cannot be seeded against athletes ranked 17-32 per FIS normal dual bracketing. Remaining athletes will be randomly seeded.Quotas and Invitees The Junior National invitations for all events are chosen from the most recent FFSP, list #3, and in some cases USASA age class rankings at the most recent USASA Nationals. The registration procedure for Junior Nationals will be updated every year at the spring FFSC Congress meetings with the specific dates and with what party will handle registrations. The 2012-13 registration and invitation procedure for Junior Nationals will be as follows.1. The Juniors invitation list will be published by Feb. 25, 2013 at www.usskiteam.com > freestyle

in the Freestyle Junior Nationals section. Updates will be posted in this same section.2. From the initial posting and as invitations are updated, invitations MUST be accepted

within 48 hours of posting. Invitations that are NOT accepted will become null and void. For example, invitations posted on Feb. 25 at 12 p.m. MST must be accepted by Feb. 27 at 12 p.m. MST.

3. Once an invitation is accepted (date and time is recorded on invitation website), the athlete must confirm registration by registering online or faxing their registration to the registration contact NOT THE EVENT ORGANIZER within 48 hours. Athletes that are unable to register within 48 hours must notify the registration contact. Contact information is available online.

4. The invitation updating process will continue online until 12 p.m. MST Mar. 1 at which point the website will freeze with all registration directed to the event organizer when official registration opens.

criteria1. For the halfpipe and slopestyle events, each division will receive an allocation of 5 spots

per discipline, per gender. Divisions must notify USSA Freestyle office of allocation selections by Feb. 20, 2013.

For halfpipe and slopestyle events, top finishers from each of the following age classes at the most recent USASA Nationals shall be invited to USSA Junior Nationals according to the following quota:

Age Class Men Women 10-12 years old 3 3 13-15 years old 3 3 16-18 years old 3 3 Open* 3 3 *Athletes who are not eligible for USSA Junior Nationals by virtue of their age are not

included in the Open ranking. Remaining spots to be filled from the FFSP, list #3 up to max field size of 80 men and

women.2. For aerials, dual moguls and moguls the top athletes from the most recent FFSP, list #3, are

invited according to the below quotas: Event Men Women Aerials * 50 50 Dual Moguls 48 48 Moguls 60 60 * Any inverted aerialist who has qualified two inverted jumps but does not qualify for this

event then that skier is granted a spot to the Junior National aerial event above the current

Page 66: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

64

quota.3. If an athlete qualifies from FFSP #3 from the initial posting, to compete in 3 or more events

at Junior Nationals then they will be considered an all-event skier. An all-event skier may start in all 5 events only if they are ranked on FFSP #3 and will be added above the quotas only in the events in which they have not already qualified. An all-event skier can choose which events to ski. If an all-event skier chooses not to ski in an event that they have not qualified in, an alternate is not placed into the event since these athletes are added above the current quota.

4. If by virtue of criteria #2, and excluding any athletes qualified by virtue of criteria #1, a division does not have three athletes per gender per discipline in aerials, moguls and dual moguls, then the division is guaranteed a maximum of three men and three women. Any spot that remains unused will be lost.

5. Each division will conduct combined at its divisional championships. The combined junior champion will be added to Junior Nationals above the current quota. Combined is defined as moguls, aerials and halfpipe. The athlete will compete in each of the three disciplines at Junior Nationals and be added above the current quota.

6. Ten athletes per gender in moguls, dual moguls, aerials, slopestyle and halfpipe will be named as alternates to compete in Junior Nationals. These alternates are to be named off the initial posted invitation and will represent the next ten names on the juniors FFSP list #3 per gender, and per discipline. No more than ten alternates will be entered into the event even if greater than ten athletes decline their spots. Alternates must be placed into the event prior to the time of the draw for the event in which they are named as alternates. All alternates must be registered and paid prior to entry into the event.

FIS Junior World championships The Junior World Championships (JWC) may be held annually as determined by the FIS. The size of the quota will vary depending upon the event and will be determined by the FIS. These championships provide a unique opportunity for the best junior freestyle/freeskiing skiers in the world to compete together. The Junior World Championships are important competitions in the development of future World Cup contenders. World Cup skiers are usually found on the official entry list.Age eligibility FIS Rule 3046.3 - The maximum age for entry is 20; the minimum age is 14, except for skicross which is 16. The official date for the age is the January 1 of the year of the event. The age limits to be eligible to be entered in this competition are the following: The athlete must be born between Jan. 1, 1993 and Dec. 31, 1998 for moguls, dual moguls, aerials, halfpipe and slopestyle, and between Jan. 1, 1993 and Dec. 31, 1996 for skicross.Selection criteria Please visit www.usskiteam.com > Freestyle/Freeskiing advancement pages for criteria. These criteria for aerials, moguls and dual moguls are listed in order of selection and importance. For halfpipe, slopestyle and skicross please refer to www.ussa.org for criteria.

U.S. Selection events Selection Events, are used to qualify skiers to earn starts in the U.S. World Cups, and starts in NorAm competitions. The event is typically held in December. For the 2012 U.S. Selection Events, athletes invited in moguls or dual moguls will be granted starts in both moguls and dual moguls. This event is a FIS event and will follow FIS age requirements. Development Group athletes must start in all event days.Selection/Quotas

Page 67: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

65

1. All USFST A, B and C Team.2. All athletes who competed in the prior season’s U.S. Freestyle Championships.3. All athletes who are ranked in the top 45 in moguls, top 45 in dual moguls and top 30 in

aerials, on the final FFSP of the previous season that are not qualified via criteria 1 and 2.4. All athletes that finished in the top 10 in moguls, top eight in dual moguls and top 10 in

aerials in the prior season Junior Olympics that are not qualified via criteria 1, 2 and 3. No alternates will be taken from Junior Nationals.

5. If by virtue of criteria 1, 2, 3 and 4, a division does not have an athlete competing in a discipline in each gender, then that division will be granted a spot in that discipline and that gender to use as it wishes. If the spot remains unused it will then be lost.

6. There will be five alternates per gender per discipline. These alternates are to be named off the final FFSP list of the previous season and will represent the next five names on the FFSP list per gender and per discipline that have not already qualified for the event. Alternates will be placed into the events in the order they are named and will be notified immediately. The alternates will only compete if any of the skiers qualified via criteria 2 and 3, don’t accept their spots or get injured.

7. International quotas as outlined by USSA and FIS.8. Additional athletes may qualify to compete at the U.S. Selection Events in aerials by

having a minimum of two different inverted jumps qualified.

North American tour (NorAms) NorAm events are conducted for the top U.S. and Canadian skiers with additional positions left for foreign skiers. Events are conducted at various ski areas, throughout the season, in both Canada and the U.S. Athletes are selected by using results of U.S. Selection Events.Quotas

MO/DM AE SX HP/SS/BAW M W M W M W M

CAN 20 20 14 14 30 30USA 20 20 14 14 30 30Host 5 5 3 3 * *

OtherNations

40 40 40 20

Totals 130 102 No max field size No max field size* Up to total remaining field sizeHalfpipe quotas are open to athletes with a USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing Competitor membership and a valid FIS license.

2012-13 NorAm Selection U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and Development Group athletes will have first priority. For moguls/dual moguls and aerials, the balance of athletes to fill the U.S. quota will be determined from the U.S. Selection Event by adding the place points from all events (two mogul events and the dual mogul event or two aerial events). The remaining quota spots will be filled by using the most recent FFSP list for each discipline.2013-2014 NorAm SelectionAerials U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and Development Group athletes will have first priority. The balance of athletes to fill the U.S. quota will be determined from the U.S. Selection Event by adding the place points from all events (two aerial events). The remaining quota spots will be

Page 68: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

66

filled by using the most recent FFSP list for each discipline.Moguls U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and Development Group athletes will have first priority. The remainder of the moguls/dual moguls NorAm starts will be granted based on the best of two (2) single moguls events and best (1) dual moguls event from U.S. National Championships, Junior World Championships (only if dates conflict with U.S. National Championships) and U.S. Freestyle Selection Events using place points. If there are not at least two (2) dual moguls events, the best of three (3) single moguls events may be used. Ties will be broken by best finish, then second best finish, then third best finish. In the event that a tie still exists, the tie will be broken by the best finish from the U.S. Selection Event and then ties will be broken by the most current FFSP List #5

U.S. Freestyle championships – Aerials, moguls & dual moguls The U.S. Freestyle Championships are the final event of the season. This competition combines the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team and the top divisional skiers from around the country in moguls, aerials and dual moguls. Athletes invited in moguls or dual moguls will be granted starts in both moguls and dual moguls events. Divisions must notify USSA Freestyle Office of their allocations 24 hours after FFSP List #4 becomes valid. The Divisions Cup will be awarded at U.S. Freestyle Championships and will include U.S. Team members. This event is a FIS event and will follow FIS age requirements.Quotas1. All USFST A, B, and C Team.2. All athletes who are ranked in the top 50 in moguls, top 50 in dual moguls and top 30 in

aerials from the FFSP List #4 per gender per discipline.3. Divisions will be allotted one spot per gender, per discipline to be used at the divisions’

discretion. Divisions must notify USSA Freestyle office of their allocations 24 after FFSP List #4 becomes valid. If the spot remains unused, or divisions do not notify by the 24 hour deadline the spot will be lost.

4. If an athlete does not qualify via the previous criteria and competed at every NorAm event in that discipline, then they would qualify for a spot at U.S. Championships in that discipline.

5. There will be a set number of five (5) alternates per gender per discipline. These alternates are to be named off FFSP List #4 and will represent the next five (5) names on the FFSP List #4 per gender per discipline that have not already qualified via criteria 2 or 3. Alternates will be placed into the events in the order they are named and will be notified immediately. The alternates will only compete if any of the skiers qualified via criteria 2 and 3, do not accept their spot or get injured.

6. Any inverted aerialist who has qualified two different inverted jumps but does not qualify via criteria 2, 3 or 4 will be granted a spot until the quota is filled to 30 athletes per gender.

7. International quota as outlined by USSA and FIS.*Additional athletes will not be invited to replace those athletes that are not FIS age eligible,

excluded by their division, injured or competing in conflicting events.Format1. FIS World Cup rules will be used and can be found on the FIS website, www.fis-ski.com. 2. One day prior to the draw for each event there will be an entry meeting where the quota’s for that event will be analyzed and filled with any alternates giving them due time to be notified, respond, commit, register and arrive.

Page 69: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

67

U.S. GrANd prIX – HALFPIPE, SLOPESTYLE AND SKI CROSS The 2013 U.S. Grand Prix will feature competitions in halfpipe, slopestyle and skicross events (check the schedule as disciplines will be different for each Grand Prix). A National Champion for each discipline will be name from the U.S. Grand Prix events. The best freeskiers in the world will compete for prize money totaling $185,000. In addition, all Grand Prix Events will be televised on NBC and NBC Sports. U.S. Grand Prix event information can be found at www.usfreeskiing.com.Schedule Dec. 19-22 Park City, UT HP Jan. 9-12 Copper, CO HP, SS Feb. 27 - Mar. 1 Canyons, UT SXBe sure to check www.usfreeskiing.com for any schedule changes or other information.

europa cup and FIS competitions criteria The following criteria will be used to determine athletes eligible to enter Europa Cup or FIS competitions up to the allowable quotas for the 2011-12 season. Qualified athletes interested in participating must contact the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing office at least three weeks prior to the event(s) in which they are interested. 1) Current U.S. Freestyle Ski Team: A, B or C Team members in aerials, moguls, or dual

moguls. A. Ties will be broken by: 1. Team status 2. FFSP ranking 2) USSA Development Group: By rank from the U.S. Selection Events. 3) Athletes selected by coaches’ discretion.

U.S. Freestyle Ski team and World cup criteria Team and World Cup criteria can be found at www.usskiteam.com > freestyle on the advancement page.

U.S. Freeskiing team and World cup criteria Team and World Cup criteria can be found at www.usskiteam.com > freestyle on the advancement page.

elite Aerial development program The EADP is a high level national Aerial development program based in Lake Placid, NY at one of three Olympic Training Centers in the United States. Program is limited to twelve residential athletes. Education is in collaboration with USSA TEAM Academy. More information on this program can be found at www.usskiteam.com > freestyle on the advancement page.

2013-14 Freestyle development Group After the U.S. Freestyle Ski Team is named in May 2013, based on the final NorAm Grand

Page 70: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

68

Prix standings for the 2012-13 season the top five men and women in moguls/dual moguls and the top two men women in aerials, will be named to the USSA freestyle development group. This will guarantee these athletes’ starts on the NorAm tour. All freestyle development group athletes must participate in all event days the U.S. Selection Events. If a freestyle development group athlete is injured and unable to compete in U.S. Selection Events, the athlete must provide medical documentation stating they are unable to compete. Once medically cleared to compete, they would retain their NorAm start. An athlete who is named to the freestyle development group has until June 1, 2013 to accept their spot in the USSA freestyle development group. Once the USSA office has been notified that an athlete is retiring or the deadline has passed with no acceptance, the next athlete on the NorAm Grand Prix standings will be added to the freestyle development group

young Guns Aerial and moguls program These programs are stepping stones to the Aerial and Moguls Development Group. For more information and criteria on either program see www.usskiteam.com > freestyle on the advancement page.

project Gold Freeskiing development program This development program is for halfpipe, slopestyle and ski cross athletes. For more information on these programs please visit www.usfreeskiing.com.

Page 71: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

69

c o m p e t i t i o n g u i d e2 0 1 3

CHAPTER 5rUleS

Page 72: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

70

3000 organization 733010 The Organizing Committee3012 Host Duties of the Organizing Committee3013 Basic Costs of the Organizing Committee3020 The Competition Committee and Competition Officials3030 The Technical Delegate3032 The Competition Jury3033 The Judges3034 Competitor Committees3035 Team Captains3036 Competitor’s Equipment3038 Medical and Service Personnel3041 Technical Installations3042 Start and Finish Officials3043 The Start3044 The Finish3045 Calculation and Announcement of Results3046 Age Limits3047 USSA Freestyle Points (FSP)3050 Protests3054 Competitor Responsibilities3055 Did Not Start (DNS)3056 Disqualifications3057 Reruns3058 Did Not Finish3059 Warnings3060 Competition Protocol3061 Accidents3065 Organizational Meetings3066 Official Training for All Events, Excluding Skicross3070 Jump qualification4000 Aerials 954001 Definition4002 The Aerial Site4003 Scoring4004 Scoring Procedure4005 Calculation of Degree of Difficulty4008 Special Procedures4200 moguls 964201 Definition4202 The Moguls/Dual Moguls Course4203 Scoring4204 Scoring Procedure4206 Special Procedures4300 dual moguls 984304 Judging Procedure

Page 73: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

71

4305 Competition Procedure4306 Special Procedures4500 Skicross 1004501 Technical Data4502 Course4503 Course Setting4504 Inspection/Training4505 Execution of Skicross4506 Skicross Finals Parings4507 The Start4508 Contact4509 Protests4510 Finals Ranking4511 Equipment4600 Halfpipe 1044601 Definition4602 The Halfpipe Site4603 Competition Procedures of Halfpipe4604 Competition Training4605 Start/Finish Area4606 Judges Stand4607 Special Procedures: Halfpipe4650 Halfpipe/Slopestyle Scoring and Judging Criteria4651 Scoring4652 Judging Format4653 Judging Criteria4654 Scoring procedures4700 Slopestyle 1084701 Definitions4702 The Slopestyle Site4703 Competition Procedures of Slopestyle4704 Competitor Training4705 Start/Finish Area4706 Judges Stand4707 Special Procedures: Slopestylerules for Scoring6000 Aerials 1106001 Definition6002 Scoring6003 Scoring Procedures6004 Judging Criteria6005 General Description of Aerial Maneuvers6006 Degree of Difficulty Chart and Multipliers6007 DNF/Rerun6008 Definition of Different Jumps6009 Tie Breaking

Page 74: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

72

6010 Practice of Jumps6200 moguls 1216201 Definition6202 Scoring6203 Scoring Procedures6204 Judging Criteria6205 Special Procedures: Moguls6300 dual moguls 1286301 Definition6302 Scoring6303 Scoring Procedures6304 Judging Procedures: Dual Moguls Format6305 Special Procedures

Appendix A - Technical Specifications for Courses 131Appendix B - Technical Specifications for Divisional Aerial Novice Difficulty Courses 133Appendix C - Technical Specifications Halfpipe 134

code of conduct 135concussion checklist 144

Page 75: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

73

3000 orGANIZAtIoN3010 the organizing committee If the organizing club or national association does not act as the organizing

committee it will designate one. The organizing committee will appoint a committee for all non-technical matters and a competition committee for all technical matters.

3012 Hosting Duties of the Organizing Committee3012.1 The organizing committee must assume all responsibility to ensure that the details

involved in hosting a USSA authorized competition are properly controlled. The importance of efficient communications with all individuals and participating associations is essential to a well-planned competition.

3012.2 The organizing committee should provide a service to all participants and guests which provides information and materials on accommodation and travel details. This information should be circulated at least three months in advance to ensure availability.

3012.3 The organizing committee is responsible for providing results by email, fax, or Federal Express to the USSA office as soon as they are available. It is also the responsibility of the organizing committee to distribute results to competitors and coaches as soon as they are available.

3013 basic costs of the organizing committee3013.1 The organizing committee must pay the USSA event fees and head taxes according

to existing regulations.3013.2 The organizing committee must compensate the judges according to the current

policy of the division.3013.2.1 The event organizer must be responsible for all judges travel expenses for all

national level competitions.3013.3 The organizing committee must compensate the TD according to the current policy

of the division or in the case of a national caliber event, the current policy of the USSA Freestyle subcommittee for rules and officials as stated on the USSA website.

3013.4 The organizing committee must provide accommodations in accordance with the divisions’ rules and in the case of a national caliber event the current policies of the USSA Freestyle sport committee.

3013.5 The organizing committee must provide lift tickets for training and competition in accordance with the current policies of the division and or the USSA Freestyle Committee.

3020 The Competition Committee & Competition Officials3020.1 The Competition Committee The competition committee, appointed by the organizing committee, is composed

of the following competition officials: • Chief of Competition • Chief of Course • Chief of Timing • Chief of Scoring • Competition Secretary • Chief Steward • Chief of Medical and Rescue Services • Chief of Course Equipment • Chief of Press • Chief of Sound The competition committee is responsible for all technical matters, including the

selection and preparation of the courses. The competition committee appoints all additional officials not already designated

by the organizing committee.

Page 76: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

74

3020.2 Competition Officials The organizing committee appoints the following officials. The most important

officials and their duties are set forth below:3020.2.1 The Chief of Competition The chief of competition directs and controls the work of all officials, summons the

meetings of the competition committee for consideration on technical questions and generally acts as chair of the team captains’ meetings, after consultation with the TD. The chief of competition is also a member of the jury.

The division chairperson approves the divisional chief of competition.3020.2.2 The Chief of Course The chief of course is responsible for the preparation of the courses in accordance

with the decisions of the competition committee and the jury. He must be familiar with the local snow conditions and the terrain concerned.

3020.2.3 The Chief of Timing The chief of timing is responsible for the coordination of officials at the start and

finish, including timing equipment. The following officials are under his direction: • Starter • Assistant Starter • Chief Timekeeper • Assistant Timekeeper3020.2.4 The Chief of Scoring The chief of scoring is responsible for the ongoing verification of all scoring

calculations during the event.3020.2.5 The Competition Secretary The competition secretary is responsible for all secretarial work related to the

competition. He must ensure that the official results contain the information required by 3045.2.2 He is responsible for the minutes of the competition committee, jury and team captains’ meetings. He must ensure that all forms for start, judging, timing, calculation and protests are properly prepared and delivered in good order at the proper time. He must ensure that results are duplicated and distributed properly immediately following the competition.

3020.2.6 The Chief Steward The chief steward is responsible for extensive safety precautions to ensure that

spectators are kept off all parts of the course. Sufficient personnel must be used according to an exact plan. Ropes or fences should be erected in due time. There should be sufficient spare space behind these barriers to permit free circulation of the spectators.

3020.2.7 The Chief of Medical and Rescue Services The chief of medical and rescue services is responsible for organizing adequate

first aid and medical services during the official training periods and the actual competition. For all USSA sanctioned events, ski patrol must be available through immediate access, whether on site or by phone or radio. At all USSA sanctioned aerial events and U.S. Freestyle Championships (all disciplines) ski patrol must be on site for all competitions and aerial training.

He must note the advice of the chief of course concerning special danger points, take the necessary precautions, and must arrange for quarters to which injured competitors may be taken and treated.

He shall ensure that the competition doctor meets with the team doctors before the start of the official training to coordinate plans.

3020.2.8 The Chief of Course Equipment The chief of course equipment is responsible for the provision of all equipment

Page 77: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

75

required for the preparation and maintenance of the courses.3020.2.9 The Chief of Press The chief of press is responsible for all arrangements for journalists, photographers,

television and radio reporters.3020.2.10 The Chief of Sound The chief of sound is responsible for all equipment and operation of sound

installations.3030 the technical delegate3030.1 Appointment For all national level competitions, the chair of the USSA Freestyle sport

committee shall appoint the USSA TD after consultation with the chair of the rules & technical subcommittee. For division competitions the TD shall be nominated by the chairperson of the divisional rules & technical committee to be appointed by the divisional chairperson.

In the case of a national level competition, the appointments must be decided 60 days before each competition, made known to the TD concerned, and the organizing committee of the competition.

3030.2 Technical Delegate Qualifications3030.2.1 A TD may not be a member of the organizing committee, except at the divisional

level.3030.3 Replacement of the Technical Delegate For national level events, where a replacement is made, a full report must be made

and forwarded to the USSA, the USSA Freestyle sport committee, the chair of the subcommittee for rules and technical, and the organizing committee of the event concerned.

3030.3.1 Before the Competition For National Level Events The USSA Freestyle sport committee chair will appoint a replacement after

consulting with the chair of the USSA rules and technical subcommittee. For Divisional Level Events The division chairperson will appoint a replacement after consultation with

chairperson of division’s rules & technical committee.3030.3.2 During the Competition For National Level Events The USSA Freestyle sport committee chair should be contacted for a decision

regarding replacement. If the chair cannot be contacted, the chair of the rules and technical subcommittee or a member of the freestyle/freeskiing sport committee should make the decision.

3030.4 Duties of the Technical Delegate in the Jury3030.4.1 The USSA Technical Delegate acts as technical consultant and chair of the jury.

Veto rights of the TD in the jury can only be used in extreme situations, some of which are outlined hereafter. In such a case, a detailed report must be sent and circulated to all parties in accordance with 3030.7.

3030.4.2 If the competitors are subject to dangerous conditions, the TD must exercise his right to interrupt or cancel the official training or the competition. This may be done without consultation of the jury.

3030.4.3 If the safety of a competitor is in danger because they lack the physical and/or technical abilities demanded by the course, the TD has the right, pending approval of the jury, to remove the competitor from the competition. The competitor receives

Page 78: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

76

a DNS.3030.4.4 If the safety of a competitor is in danger because they lack the ability to complete

certain aerial maneuvers, the TD has the right to suspend, reduce, or withdraw those qualifications, subject to agreement by the Jury.

3030.4.5 If the safety of a competitor is in danger due to injury, the TD has the right, pending approval from the jury, to remove the competitor from competition. The competitor receives a DNS.

3030.5 Duties of the Technical Delegate before the competition3030.5.1 The TD must inspect official and reserve courses just prior to the start of official

training.3030.5.2 The inspection should cover the following: • The technical data of the courses in accordance with USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing

technical specifications (see appendix later in this Guide). • Proper preparation of the terrain of all courses and arrangements for all safety

measures (width of courses, etc.) in accordance with 4002, 4102, 4302, 4502, 4602, 4202 and in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing technical specifications.

• Influence of the weather on the courses. • Choice and preparation of the start and finish areas for the different courses (see

rules 3043 -3044). • Means of transporting the competitors to the start. • Communications between start and finish. • Medical service during and after the competitions.3030.5.3 It is the duty of the TD to be ready and willing to advise the organizers, when

necessary.3030.5.4 The organizers must keep the TD informed of the progress of technical preparations.

The contact between the organizers and the TD is useful and should be continuous.3030.5.5 For national level events, the TD must arrive at the location of the competition at

least 24 hours before the beginning of the official training.3030.5.6 He must read the report of the TD of the preceding competition.3030.5.7 For national level events, the TD must check to see that the proposals of the

freestyle/freeskiing sport committee or the homologation inspector have been carried out.

3030.5.8 The TD is responsible for the review of the TD reports from previous national level events on the same site, as well as the competition immediately preceding it.

3030.5.9 The TD will review the list, furnished by the organizing committee, of supplies and service personnel.

3030.6 Duties of the Technical Delegate during Training and Competition3030.6.1 The TD is responsible for observation of the training, as well as of the work of the

organizing committee, and the competition officials.3030.6.2 The TD must attend all meetings of the jury and the team captains’ meeting; he is

chair of the jury.3030.6.3 The TD is responsible for the supervision of the technical and administrative

conduct of the entire competition.3030.6.4 The TD must advise the organizers on compliance with USSA rules, as well as

decisions on questions, which may not be covered by the rules.3030.6.5 The TD is responsible for collaboration with the team captains and trainers.3030.6.6 The TD must be present at all times during competition.3030.6.7 The TD is responsible for the co-verification of the official results as outlined in

Page 79: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

77

rule 3045.2.3030.6.8 The TD is responsible for the training of TD candidates assigned to him during

their appointment.3030.6.9 The TD is responsible for controlling discussion between the judges during

competition. All discussion between judges is prohibited with the exception of discussion directly with the head judge.

3030.6.10 The TD is responsible for ensuring that the proper standards are implemented for judges’ stands (i.e. partitions, heating, and washroom facilities) as they apply.

3030.7 Duties of the Technical Delegate after the Competition3030.7.1 Submission of a final report must be sent to the USSA, the USSA rules & technical

subcommittee chair and to the organizing committee. In the case of divisional competitions reports must be submitted with scores to the USSA office, the organizing committee and to the division’s representative for rules and technical.

3030.7.2 As applicable, the TD will make a report on the TD candidates’ technical abilities. This report must be sent to the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for rules and technical and the responsible person in the candidates’ national association.

3030.7.3 The TD’s report must be submitted to the national office with the submission of the event results.

3030.8 Rights of the Technical Delegate3030.8.1 The chair of the jury has the deciding vote in case of a tie (including his vote).3030.8.2 Decisions will be made according to rule 3030.5.3030.8.3 If necessary, the TD will appoint qualified people as members of the jury.3030.8.4 All officials of freestyle/freeskiing events, who are current members in good

standing of the USSA, are covered under the existing liability policy carried by the USSA when performing duties in conjunction with a specific USSA event. Each individual, whether an athlete or official, should carry their own medical coverage as the USSA is not responsible for providing such coverage.

3030.8.5 Reimbursement of travel expenses and all costs arising out of his duties at the inspections and competitions, as per the current policy of the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for rules and officials, or the division.

3030.8.6 Complete briefing by the organizing committee through punctual dispatch of all documents on the conduct of the events, such as the official invitation, program, bulletins, etc., as well as immediate information concerning the cancellation or postponement of an event.

3030.8.7 The TD has the right to request the support of the organizing committee and its officials in all matters concerning the fulfillment of his duties.

3030.9 Candidate Technical Delegates (Assistant TD)3030.9.1 For national level events, the USSA has the right to name additional people, per

the rules and regulations of the freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for rules and technical.

3030.9.2 For national level events, the assignment of the TD candidates is the responsibility of the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for rules and technical.

3030.9.3 For national level events, the cost for food and lodging shall not be borne by the host organizing committee. Transportation is the responsibility of the TD candidate himself.

3030.9.4 The TD candidate has to make a report on the event in question which must be sent to the USSA, and the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for rules and technical.

Page 80: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

78

3032 the competition Jury3032.1 Composition The Jury consists of the following members: • USSA Technical Delegate (Chair) • Head Judge or Finish Referee in skicross • Chief of Competition Members of the jury, in decision making situations, each have one vote with the

chair having the deciding vote. A competitor’s safety committee will also have input to the jury but will not have

a vote (see rule 3034).3032.2 Duties of the Jury before competition3032.2.1 A member of the jury is responsible for the qualification of competitors and the

supervision of the draw.3032.2.2 The jury is responsible for the supervision of official training.3032.2.3 The jury must inspect the courses prior to the beginning of official training and

ensure that they conform to all specifications and characteristics outlined in 4002, 4102, 4202, 4502, 4602 and in the USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing technical specifications (see appendix later in this Guide).

3032.2.4 The jury is to have its first meeting before the beginning of the official training.3032.3 Rights and Duties of the Jury during a Competition3032.3.1 The three voting members of the jury must be positioned on the course at all times

and be in communication with one another.3032.3.2 Jury has the right to change, interrupt, or postpone a competition. Causes: • Insufficient, inadequate snow and or course preparation; • Insufficient protective measures at danger points; • Deficient or insufficient organization of the medical, rescue and first aid service; • Insufficient organization of crowd control; • Weather conditions, increasing danger or extreme cold. The decision to interrupt a competition may be final or temporary. (See rule 3060.2)3032.3.3 The jury examines, evaluates, and makes the necessary decision on protests.3032.3.4 The jury has the right to grant a provisional rerun.3032.3.5 Written minutes are to be kept of all meetings and decisions of the jury.3032.3.6 A member of the jury should periodically inspect the course during the competition.3033 the Judges3033.1 The judges for a competition will be a group of qualified individuals. For all USSA

Freestyle/Freeskiing competitions, the judges must be members of the USSA. For national competitions, the panel of judges will be appointed by the USSA subcommittee for judging. For divisional events the head judge is nominated by the divisional judges committee and approved by the division chairperson.

3033.2 At any USSA national level event, the judges should be, to the extent possible, representative of each of the active freestyle/freeskiing divisions of the USSA.

3033.3 For national level competitions, the head judge will be appointed by the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for judging.

3033.3.1 For divisional competition the head judge will be nominated by the divisional judges committee and approved by the division chairperson.

3033.4 An alternate for the head judge and for a member of the judges panel should be named and available if for any reason an individual is unable to perform his duties.

Page 81: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

79

3033.5 The Rights and Duties of the Head Judge3033.5.1 The head judge is a member of the jury.3033.5.2 The head judge is preferably a non-judging member of the judging panel,

responsible for checking the accuracy of the judges decisions, checking the results with the chief of calculation, and policing the judges stand.

3033.5.3 The head judge may act as a substitute judge in emergencies.3033.5.4 For national level events, the head judge must ensure that all arrangements for

transportation, accommodation, and expenses are organized for each judge. The responsibility for all communications, scheduling, timetables, materials, clinics, attendance, and any detail concerning the judges rests with the head judge. Thus, the head judge must accept all responsibility for any irregularity in the service provided by the judges to the competition.

3033.6 Judging Procedures3033.6.1 Each judge will use score cards which indicate who the judge is and the name

and bib number of the competitor. All score cards will indicate a score for each category utilized to assign a final score.

3033.6.2 Moguls and aerials judges will be separated on the judges stand by a minimum of one meter and a partition, if practical. There will be no discussion between the judges concerning the competitors’ scores (except by the head judge).

3033.6.3 No competitor or spectator will be allowed to approach the judges stand and talk to the judges during competition.

3033.6.4 The jury must deal with any problems or disputes arising from the judges or with the judging. The jury may refer any problem that it cannot resolve to the USSA freestyle/freeskiing sport committee (FSC). The FSC will seek the assistance of the USSA freestyle/freeskiing subcommittee for judging to resolve the problems. Problems within divisions should be dealt with on a divisional basis except where the implications are of national concern.

3033.6.5 Judges review committee: Any incident of misconduct by a judge may be reported to the chairperson of the judges subcommittee by means of a written, signed statement. The judges review committee will, pursuant to paragraph 9.3 of the USSA freestyle/freeskiing judges’ constitution, investigate the allegations and, if warranted, take appropriate disciplinary action

3034 competitor committees3034.1 The Competitor Advisory Committee3034.1.1 For each event in every competition there shall be an advisory committee formed

prior to the start of competition to advise the jury on matters concerning safety. This committee shall consist of:

• One representative from the area management (chief of course); • Two athlete or coaches’ representatives. For national level events, these

representatives must be from two different divisions. There will be a separate advisory committee named for each event (men and

women).3034.1.2 The members of the advisory committee report in an advisory manner directly to

the jury and are non-voting members of the jury.3034.1.3 It will be the advisory committee’s responsibility to ensure the arrangements made

for the safe operation of all events during the preparation and competition. The advisory committee shall exercise control over all aspects of the event pertaining to safety, and shall in the use of its power of discretion, consciously take all reasonable precautions against excessive and unreasonable risks.

Page 82: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

80

3034.2 Jump and Air Bump Shapers3034.2.1 For the express purpose of shaping and grooming the jumps in aerials and the

air bumps in moguls and dual moguls, the team captains shall elect up to two shapers per special type of jump (i.e., floater, large kickers, small kickers). These individuals will be responsible for the final preparation of the jumps. In competitions other than Junior Nationals, alternate jump preparation arrangements can be determined at the team captains’ meeting.

3034.2.2 These individuals must be prepared to perform this task prior to official training.3035 team captains For national level events, each division or team is responsible for providing one

team captain. If possible, the team captain should not be a competitor. A team captain cannot undertake any other official organizing function (jury, TD,

etc.) at the competition.3035.1 Rights of a Team Captain3035.1.1 To submit protests to the jury during the competition.3035.1.2 To benefit from all advantages accorded to a competitor (lifts, accommodations,

invitations, etc.).3035.1.3 To enter into competition areas during training time.3035.1.4 To enter all official ceremonies.3035.1.5 Each team captain has one vote. Each division and national team is entitled to one

vote.3035.1.6 To enter the preparation area during the competition.3035.2 Duties of a Team Captain3035.2.1 To attend all team captains’ meetings.3035.2.2 To provide all information received at meetings to his team members.3035.2.3 To provide aerial qualifications of his team members if requested by the Jury.3035.2.4 Responsible for all registrations of his team.3035.2.5 Responsible for the discipline of his team.3035.2.6 Should be familiar with the competition rules.3036 competitor’s equipment3036.1 Bibs The shape and size of start numbers may not be changed by penalty of

disqualification. All bibs must be worn in the proper position and visible at all times during official training, competition, and awards.

3036.2 Advertising The advertising on material and equipment which is worn during competitions and

training must conform to the FIS guidelines in rules 210, 211, and 230.3036.3 Gimmicks Gimmicks are forbidden during competition.3036.4 Equipment Rules concerning competitor’s equipment are all located here and no longer in the

specific event sections.3036.4.1 Competitors must wear a helmet in all freestyle/freeskiing events when skiing in

practice or competition. Helmets manufactured for snow sports are required for all competitors in all freestyle/freeskiing competition and official training, for all age categories. USSA has accepted the FIS recommendation of helmets with a standard of AST 2040 or CE 1077 rated helmets. Caution: The protective quality of all safety helmets are affected by age and use. Some older helmets and any

Page 83: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

81

helmets that have been damaged either in a fall or from impact may no longer provide sufficient protection – even if there are no visible indications of damage. The helmet must be worn in the manner intended by the manufacture.

All officials and coaches acknowledge that there is a new USSA Concussion Management Policy Statement and agree to apply it as necessary. Anyone who registers, athlete or official, is required to sign the new Concussion Management Statement; therefore, this acknowledges everyone’s responsibility with this new policy.

3036.4.2 There shall be no minimum or maximum restrictions on ski lengths.3036.4.3 All competitors in all events shall use a recognized release DIN binding system and

devices to prevent runaway ski(s). Runaway straps are not allowed.3036.4.4 Competitors should be prepared to wear goggles as necessary.3036.4.5 To allow Telemark ski equipment to be used in freestyle/freeskiing events and ski

straps will be allowed.3038 medical and Service personnel Following, are quotas for the right of access to the competition areas. This applies

to FIS events. For USSA events, medical personnel should be allowed without restrictions of a quota:

• Up to 3 competitors: 1 trainer, 1 doctor, 1 technician. • 4 to 8 competitors: 2 trainers, 1 doctor, 2 technicians. • 9 or more competitors: 3 trainers, 2 doctors, 3 technicians.3041 technical Installations3041.1 Communications For all USSA national level competitions there must be direct communication

(telephone or radio, etc.) between the start, judges stand and in the case of moguls, the finish. It is suggested that this rule apply at the divisional level as well.

3041.2 Timing Equipment3041.2.1 Electric Timing For all USSA competitions, electric timing with communications between start

and finish must be used, which will allow measurement of the times to 100th of a second. Even when measured and recorded, 1,000th of a second may not be published or used in the event of competitors being tied in the 1/100 second.

3041.2.2 The photo electric cells will be placed at a height of 1 m on the starting light beam. The finish beam on the moguls and dual moguls course should be at 1 m high and the auxiliary beam at .75 m.

3041.3 Hand Timing3041.3.1 A hand timing system must be used at all times during a moguls or dual moguls

event as backup to the electric timing system. For all competitions the hand timing must be totally separate and independent of the electronic timing at the start and finish.

3041.3.2 In the event of failure of the electric timing system the official hand time shall be calculated in the following way: The hand time takes the average difference between the official electric time and the hand time for the three runs prior to the missed electric time. If there were not three electric times prior to the missed time then the closest three times to the electric time missed shall be used.

3041.4 Public Address System3041.4.1 Music is used in all events. The sound system must be powerful enough for the

competitor to hear the music clearly and without distortion while on any part of the course. The speakers must be on the side(s) of the course, and evenly distributed

Page 84: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

82

from top to bottom, in order for the sound to reach the competitor simultaneously on the course.

3041.4.2 The chief of sound will be in radio contact with the competition officials at all times.

3041.4.3 A minimum of two amplifiers should be available during the competition.3041.4.4 The chief of sound is responsible for stock music during the competition.3041.4.6 Moguls During the moguls event, stock music will be used and at the option of the

organizers, the competitor’s music can be used for this event. The music should be upbeat and energetic.

3041.4.7 Aerials and Halfpipe Stock music will also be used during the aerial and halfpipe event. A variety of

exciting music is recommended.3041.5 Judges’ Stand The minimum size of the scaffolding area must be 8 m by 2 m. The judges viewing

area should be constructed to provide ample room for the appropriate number of officials and to provide room for viewing, storage of equipment and all proper amenities for the operation of the competition.

3042 Start and Finish Officials3042.1 The Starter The starter is responsible for the warning signals and start command. He is

responsible for start recording. He assigns the supervision of the competitors to the assistant starter.

3042.2 The Assistant Starter The assistant starter is responsible for checking competitor’s bibs, clothing and

equipment for violations. He must call competitors several times during the ten minutes before each run.

3042.3 The Chief Time Keeper The chief time keeper is responsible for the accuracy of the timing. The times must

be made available to the competition secretary for immediate publication. He is also responsible for recording of data. He may select an assistant if he wishes. He is responsible for the organization and layout of the finish area, including the proper crossing of the finish line by the competitors.

3042.4 The Finish Official The finish official in the moguls event is responsible for checking that all jumps are

landed in the course (a jump is landed in the course if the center of the skis [boots] are on the ground before the skier crosses the line). In halfpipe the finish line is the last point of takeoff, this means if you takeoff and perform a trick on or before the line, the trick and fall will be counted. The finish official assists the judges with DNF rulings.

3043 the Start3043.1 The start shall be prepared in such a way that the competitors can stand relaxed in

the starting area.3043.1.1 The aerial start is anywhere on the course, but cannot exceed the maximum start

line as established for safety reasons.3043.1.2 The moguls start will preferably be an open start with a light beam installed

approximately 1.5 m - 2.0 m down, across the hill, parallel to the starting line. The starting line and the light beam will be as wide as the control gates on the top of the course. The competitor should plant his/her poles in front of the line and his/her

Page 85: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

83

boots should stay behind the line until the starting signal is given. The moguls start can also consist of one or more traditional starting gates with

the electric timing device attached. The starting gate will be located where the competitor has easy access to his/her skiing line and can quickly reach full speed after leaving the start.

3043.2 The Start Area The start area must be closed off to everyone except the starting competitor,

accompanied by only one trainer and the start officials. A special roped off area must be provided for trainers, team captains, service personnel, etc., in which they may take care of the waiting competitors without being interrupted by the public.

3043.2.1 A tent must be provided at the start area. If the temperature could be below -10 Celsius, a heater must also be provided.

3043.3 Start Procedure No official or attendant who could possibly give an advantage to, or disturb the

starting competitor may be behind him. All outside help is forbidden.3043.4 Start signals specific for each event will be given by the starter.3043.4.2 The aerial start signals will begin with the starter confirming that the jump is clear

and by then informing the competitor to proceed. The competitor then has 15 seconds in which to start.

3043.4.3 The moguls start signals begin with a warning ten seconds before the start. Five seconds before the start a start command will then be given “Competitor ready!... 3, 2, 1, go”

3043.4.3.1 In dual moguls if a competitor is unable to start for any reason, the other competitor in that round cannot ski the course.

3043.4.3.2 The Dual Mogul start command shall begin with a warning from the starter: “Blue Course Ready,… Red Course Ready!” The Starter or gate opener shall open both gates simultaneously within 3 seconds of this announcement. Should the gates fail to open for any reason, this procedure shall recommence.

3043.5 Start Timing In the moguls event, the start timing shall begin at the exact time the competitor

crosses the light beam or when he/she opens the start gate with his/her leg below the knee.

3043.6 Delayed Start A competitor who is not ready to start in the position indicated on the official start

list will receive a DNS. The starter may, however, excuse such a delay if, in his opinion, it is due to “force majeure” or the competitor can prove that he is having equipment problems. He may run at a later time as determined by the starter. In case of doubt, the starter may allow a start provisionally, but must inform the jury.

3043.6.1 In the case where a start has been delayed and the competitor is ready to go, the Starter will run the competitor at the first start opportunity, as approved by the Jury.

3043.7 The Start Order The start order is determined at the team captains’ meeting on the day before the

event. A random draw done by computer may be used at all freestyle/freeskiing competitions.

3043.7.1 Each event shall have a separate start order. The start order for each event shall be different. If a final, semifinal format is used, the start order for finals shall be the reverse order of the finish of semifinals. If there is a tie after the semifinals, a method of chance shall be used to determine the start order for finals. The winner shall take precedence in the start order.

Page 86: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

84

If a competitor is improperly placed or omitted from a start list due to an error by a team leader or coach, that competitor will be added to the start list in the first position.

If an error in the start order is made by the organizing committee, the draw must be remade. In this case the team leader or coach must inform the organizing committee of the error within 15 minutes from the distribution of the start list. After 15 minutes the error will be treated as an error by the team leader or coach, except in the case of dual moguls where no changes will be permitted after the draw.

3043.7.2 Start Groups Does not apply to USSA competitions. An approved substitute for a competitor can be inserted into the running order, for

either run, at any time up to the original competitor’s scheduled start, however, two different skiers may not be allowed one run each.

3043.7.3 No changes, additions or substitutions shall be permitted to the dual moguls start list once drawn.

3043.7.4 The start order will include the following information: • Name of competition sponsor; • Name of competition; • Site of competition; • Dates; • Times; • Name, division affiliation, ski club and bib number of competitors; • Section of national ski association and/or FIS; • Names of jury and judges; • Mean course standards.3043.7.5 The start order must be circulated to all officials, coaches, competitors, television

and media personnel, and VIPs.3044 the Finish3044.1 The Finish Area3044.1.2 The finish area for the aerial event must be satisfactorily large enough to allow

the competitor to stop safely (see appendix later in this Guide). Safety fences and barriers must be in place.

3044.1.3 The finish area for the moguls event must be a smooth area equal to the width of the course, for at least 30 m from the finish line. The finish line will be 8 m - 10 m wide. The area, 3 m before the timing light, must be smooth in order for the competitor to ski through the electric timing eye.

3044.1.4 The finish area is to be completely fenced in and constructed in a way as to not allow high speed exits. Any unauthorized entry must be prevented. The necessary protective barricades shall be placed so as not to interfere with the competitors skiing. For competitors who have finished their runs, a special area, separated from the actual finish area, is to be provided. In that area, contact with the press (written and audio/visual) shall be made possible.

Snow walls, straw or hay, foam rubber or other appropriate safety structures shall be used to prevent any possibility of a collision with the finish structures.

3044.1.5 Determination of Finish With electric timing, the time is taken when a competitor crosses the line between

the finishing posts with any part of his body or equipment, and so breaks the contact.3044.1.6 Failure of Electronic Timing

Page 87: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

85

In the event of a failure in the electronic timing system, the hand recorded times will be the ones to constitute the official time of the run. Hand timing will be used as back up for the entire round of competition.

3044.1.6.1 If all the timing fails during a competitor’s run, the competitor may receive a rerun.

3044.1.6.2 In the event of a timing failure, every effort should be made to procure an accurate time, i.e., backup hand timing or possibly video.

3045 calculation and Announcement of results3045.1 Unofficial Scores Scores taken by the chief of scoring shall be considered unofficial scores. Whenever

possible, unofficial scores should be announced to the public with their provisional status clearly indicated.

3045.2 Official Results3045.2.1 Official results are determined from the scores of those competitors who have not

been disqualified.3045.2.2 The official results must contain the following information: • Name of competition sponsor; • Name of competition; • Site of competition; • Date and time of competition; • Name and division affiliation of jury and judges; • Name and division affiliation of chief of course; • Mean course standards; • Name of organization, club or association; • Competitor names, division affiliation, bib numbers; • Complete scoring calculations (i.e. individual judges scores, degree of difficulty

factors, speed and speed points); • Sanction of national ski association and/or FIS. The official results are made official following an inspection by both the chief of

scoring, TD and the head judge, and by the application of their signatures.3045.2.3 Results for both the first and second runs must be published.3045.2.4 There can never be any award ceremony before the end of an event.3045.3 Calculation of Scores Calculation of scores shall be generally determined as follows:3045.3.1 All published numbers must be truncated to two places after the decimal point.3045.3.2 All competitions must have 5 or 7 scoring judges except in divisional events where

a three judge format is acceptable.3045.3.5 The total score determines the winner. This system is affected by specific variations

in scoring procedures in each discipline as outlined in aerials 6004 and moguls 6204, dual moguls 6304, halfpipe 6154 and slopestyle 6602.

3045.4 Tie Breaking Tie breaking is performed by the chief of scoring.3045.4.1 Ties in any of the events will be broken by a judge by judge or complete score by

complete score comparison. Refer to sections 6009, 6204.5 and 6304.2. If the tie cannot be broken, both competitors will receive the better place and the following place will be unused.

Page 88: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

86

Example: 13th place - 28.6 point 14th place - 26.0 point 14th place - 26.0 points 16th place - 24.2 points 17th place - 24.0 points3045.5 Publication of Judges Scores When judges scores are published, care must be given to show the category each

judge is scoring before showing his nationality. This is especially important when scores are inserted in television pictures.

Judge 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A/F A/F A/F A/F A/F L L 6.6 6.5 6.8 7.0 7.0 2.1 2.03046 Age limits3046.1 The age limits for USSA freestyle/freeskiing participation coincide with that of the

FIS. Freestyle/Freeskiing competitions are determined according to the calendar year.

3046.2 The competition year begins on the 1st of January. Competitors who are eligible to compete in any specific age group may enter competitions for that age group which are held at the beginning of the winter season.

3046.3 The age group categories are as follows: Veteran 1 25 to 39 years old Veteran 2 40 years and older Seniors 19 to 24 years Juniors 1 17 to 18 years Juniors 2 15 to 16 years Juniors 3 13 to 14 years Juniors 4 11 to 12 years Juniors 5 9 to 10 years Juniors 6 7 to 8 years Juniors 7 6 and younger Competitions that are non-scored and embracing young developing athletes may

award age group categories for every birth year.3046.3.1 Competitions embracing juniors shall be known as youth competitions3046.3.2 Competitions designated as international youth competition(s) by the FIS Freestyle

committee may embrace juniors and seniors who have their 19th birthday in the competition year.

3047 USSA Freestyle/Freeskiing points (FFSp) Refer to the “Freestyle/Freeskiing Point System” section of this competition guide.3050 protests3050.1 Preconditions for a Protest The jury shall consider no protest unless the written protest has been made within

the time limits indicated under 3050.3. The reason for the protest along with a $20 protest fee must be given to the jury. If the protest is accepted, the protest fee will be reimbursed, if not, the organizing committee will retain the fee.

3050.2 Examination of Protests The jury will meet as soon as it is logistically possible, taking into consideration

Page 89: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

87

the urgency of the request. The jury will invite, for a discussion on protests, the starter and other officials

involved, possible witnesses, the competitor concerned and the protesting team captain. In addition, any other material such as videotape, film, photographs, etc., shall be examined. Only the members of the jury will be present for the final decision on the protest. This must have the support of a majority of the entire membership of the jury, not only of those present.

In case of a tie, the TD’s vote shall be decisive. The decision shall be posted on the official notice board immediately after the hearing, with the time of posting. The TD will preside at the hearing.

Minutes of the hearing must be taken and must be signed by the TD. Protests concerning reruns shall be examined immediately by the jury.3050.3 Different Types of Protest3050.3.1 Protests Concerning Qualification Protests against the qualification of a competitor must be delivered in writing

before the beginning of the draw of the competition, to the place designated on the official notice board.

3050.3.2 Protest Concerning the Course Protests concerning the course (course not according to the rules, marking,

preparation of the course, obstacles, danger points, visibility, etc.) must be presented in writing to the chief of course in good time before the last official training.

3050.3.3 Protests during the Competition A competitor or team captain, who protests against any action by another competitor

or an official during the competition, must take his protest to a jury member within 15 minutes of the distribution or posting of the results of the last competition run of that round of competition.

3050.3.4 Protest Concerning Disqualification A protest against disqualification must be sent in writing to the place indicated on

the official notice board. Such a protest must be received within one hour after the posting of disqualification. In case of doubt over a disqualification, the competitor is entitled to a “provisional” start.

3050.3.5 Protests Concerning Timing Protests concerning an error in timing must be delivered within one hour after the

posting of the unofficial list of results to the place indicated on the official notice board.

3050.3.6 Protests Concerning False Calculation and Clerical Errors A complaint based not on an alleged breach of the rules on the part of an official or

a competitor, but on an alleged error in calculating the results, shall be considered. It must be sent by registered letter through the competitor’s association at any time within one month of the date of the competition. If the mistake is verified, a corrected list of results shall be published and the prizes redistributed. The official numerical awards of the judges cannot be protested.

3050.3.7 Protests Concerning Reruns Protests concerning reruns must be submitted, within 15 minutes of the infraction,

to the jury.3050.4 Appeals Right of Appeal - An appeal may be made from the decision of the Jury following

a properly filed protest. However, the appellant’s only basis of appeal shall be that the process undertaken by the Jury failed to afford the aggrieved party his/

Page 90: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

88

her due process. Appeals shall be made to the USSA office in writing within 24 hours of the Jury decision in question. The appeal must be in writing and must set forth the factual basis for the claim that Jury decision at issue failed to protect the allegedly aggrieved party’s procedural due process rights. Once received in the USSA office, the appeal shall be forwarded to the Freestyle Judicial Committee for its consideration. The Freestyle Judicial Committee shall consider only the written evidence provided and unless the appellant demonstrates by clear and convincing evidence that the aggrieved party’s due process rights were violated, the Committee shall uphold the decision of the Jury.

In no event shall the filing of an appeal cause the stay of any competition.3050.5 Cancellation of a Competition The jury has the right to cancel an event or an entire competition. The procedure to make up the event (or competition) must be decided upon in an

immediate fashion by the jury. If the event or competition cannot be conducted, then the TD must consult with the freestyle/freeskiing sport committee chair to determine a ruling on making up the competition at a later date, or to permanently cancel the competition.

The TD can decide to interrupt or cancel an event for safety reasons (wind, fog, avalanche, blizzard, etc.).

If an event is to be made up, then the scheduling of the event must not interfere with the time necessary to conduct any other event. Under severe circumstances a single run may be used to constitute an event.

If an appeal is lodged within 14 days after the completion of the competition and is upheld, the results may be changed. Under no circumstances will a competition be rerun due to an appeal.

3054 competitor responsibilities3054.1 Insurance information can be found in an earlier chapter of this guide.3054.2 Competitors are responsible for a thorough knowledge of the rules, regulations and

judging criteria.3054.3 Competitors must attend the awards ceremony and must be wearing the correct

bib. Also, winners must attend media functions. The awards ceremony time must be fixed in the official competitor information. The competitor is not obliged to attend award ceremonies held on any day other than that which the competition is complete.

3054.4 Competitors should be familiar with rules 3036 - 3036.4 for all ski competitions concerning the competitor’s obligations.

3054.5 As a condition of, and in consideration of their entries therein, all competitors and their parents, or guardians, shall be deemed to agree to assume all risks of injury to the competitor’s person and property resulting from, caused by, or connected with the conduct and management of the competition and to release any and all claims which they may have against the officials, the host national association, and the clubs or organizers holding the competition and against their officers, and their entries shall only be accepted on this condition.

3055 did Not Start (dNS) DNS’s are imposed for any run in which a skier does not start. The skier shall

receive a DNS in the event only if both runs are DNS. The skier shall receive no place in the event. Also see 3030.4.3, 3030.4.5 and 3043.6.

3055.1 A skier receiving a DNS in one run and a DNF in the other shall receive a DNF for the event.

Page 91: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

89

3055.2 A Dual Mogul competitor, who does not start in a round other than his or her first round, shall receive DNS for that round and be placed equal to the losers of that round.

3055.3 In dual moguls, if a competitor enters the course before the start command is completed pursuant to Rule 3043.4.3.2

3056 Disqualifications (DSQ)3056.1 DSQ if a competitor submits any false information or enters a competition under

false pretenses.3056.2 DSQ for violating any rules on equipment according to sections 3036.3056.3 DSQ for unsportsmanlike behavior.3056.4 DSQ for an athlete who intentionally attempts, in a USSA event, a jump for which

they are not properly qualified for that event. This includes any training jumps prior to the start of a competition unless the jump is being performed for a coach as part of the qualifying process.

3056.5 All decisions concerning DSQ will be the responsibility of the jury.3056.6 DSQ if a competitor alters a course or jump, or trains on a closed course.3056.7 DSQ if a competitor accepts outside assistance of any form.3056.8 DSQ if a competitor does not observe the safety regulations.3056.9 DSQ will not receive a “place” point in the particular event involved and will

eliminate the competitor from eligibility for a combined ranking (at any three event competition). DSQ will appear on final result sheet but will receive no numerical ranking.

3057 reruns3057.1 A competitor may appeal to a member of the jury for a rerun immediately after he

has been obstructed during his run; he must, however, leave the course as soon as possible. The following are considered acceptable reasons for a rerun:

3057.1.1 Obstruction by an official or a spectator.3057.1.2 Obstruction by an animal.3057.1.3 Obstruction by a competitor who has fallen and has not cleared the course.3057.1.4 Obstruction by objects on the course, such as ski poles abandoned by a competitor

in a fall.3057.1.5 First aid measures which obstructed the competitor.3057.1.6 Obstruction by failure of course to be properly maintained.3057.1.7 Any other similar instances outside the competitor’s control causing him to fall,

slowing him down or lengthening his course, thus significantly influencing the result.

3057.1.8 Failure of the timing, both electronic and hand.3057.1.9 A jury member can authorize a conditional rerun based on the acknowledgment

that the reasons for it must later be confirmed.3057.1.11 Failure of judges to observe competitors run.3057.1.12 The competitor, taking the rerun can start in the middle of the interval between two

successive competitors, after he reports to and is cleared by the starter.3057.1.13 If the competitor has already been disqualified before the incident for which a rerun

was granted, the rerun will not be valid.3057.1.14 In the aerial event, immediate rerun for loss of ski(s) before landing. Only one

rerun granted for loss of ski(s) for each jump.3057.1.15 In the aerial event, a jumper may, for reasons of safety, after starting down the

inrun, stop and refuse to jump. However, a jumper can only re-start one time if he/

Page 92: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

90

she does not stop prior to the jump. If the jumper refuses more than one time, a DNS will be issued to the skier.

3058 did not Finish (dNF) A DNF classification in the qualification round will receive no rank on the result list.

In the Final round all DNF competitors will receive the same numerical ranking. All decisions concerning DNF will be the responsibility of the Jury. The competition officials may impose a ruling entitled “Did Not Finish” (DNF) for

any infractions listed below. This list does not restrict the ruling of the officials for any infraction, which may incur and is not listed below.

3058.1 For loss of ski(s) any time before landing, during the aerials competition, if a re-run has already been granted for the same reason for that particular round.

3058.2 For skiing out of the course boundaries in halfpipe, slopestyle, moguls and skicross, which includes not crossing through the gate line or the finish line. In dual moguls, crossing the middle line of the course. A competitor shall be deemed to have crossed the middle line if both feet cross the line. Except in the case of rule 6205.1 and 6305.1.

3058.3 For announcing and performing identical aerials maneuvers (4008.3).3058.4 For a competitors Final run, if not starting in the Finals after performing the

Qualification run.3058.5 DNF classification in the skicross Finals will be pursuant to Rule 4505.6.2 and

Rule 4510. All decisions concerning DNF will be the responsibility of the Finish Referee.

The gate judges or Finish Referee may impose a “Did Not Finish” (DNF) for any infraction listed below.

3058.6 In moguls and dual moguls a competitor can regain a gate, but they only have 10 seconds to regain the gate. Skiing around a gate and back into the course or out of the course will be a DNF. Define the gate line as the horizontal line between each pair of control gates.

3059 Warnings3059.1 Warning to competitors will be issued using the yellow and red card system.3059.2 3 yellow cards = 1 red card 1 red card = DSQ from the next event competitor is entered in.3059.3 Warnings shall affect only the level of competition in which they are issued. All

USSA competitions are considered of the same level including qualification and championship events.

3059.4 The jury may choose to warn a competitor rather than impose a ruling of DNF or DSQ provided there is a just case in which the competitor may have misunderstood or been confused concerning the ruling or cause of the infraction. Thus, in the case where doubt exists concerning any dispute protest or breach of the rules, the benefit of the doubt should favor the competitor.

3059.5 Yellow cards may be imposed against any displays of poor behavior, such as, profanity, display of temper, unsportsmanlike behavior.

3059.6 Yellow and red cards will be valid for the twelve month period after such cards are issued. All infractions that result in the issuance of yellow and/or red cards should be reported to the USSA Freestyle office.

3059.7 The USSA Freestyle subcommittee for rules and technical should maintain records on all warnings imposed at all USSA competitions.

3059.8 The USSA Freestyle sport committee may issues the same warning against officials.

Page 93: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

91

3059.9 A skier receiving a DNF for an event will be credited for event attendance for FFSP purposes and will receive a zero for the event.

3060 competition protocol3060.1 Freestyle competitions may be comprised of the following events: moguls, dual

moguls, aerials, halfpipe, skicross and slopestyle. Freestyle competitions must provide the opportunity for both men and women to

compete. A competition may be announced as a one, two, three, four or five event competition.

Freestyle competitions should consist, if possible, of all five events. A combined event is defined as moguls, aerials and halfpipe.3060.2 Competition Procedures In all USSA authorized competitions, aerial results will be the total of two jumps,

and moguls will be the best of two runs unless only one run is taken, then it will be the score from the single run except at the Junior Nationals, where it will be the final run except for those only taking one run, then it will be the placings from that run. Dual moguls is an elimination format and is covered in 3060.2.2.

The jury may alter this format to one run in the following circumstances: inclement weather or adverse conditions or to seed for dual moguls etc.

If a competition is interrupted, the competition should be resumed when conditions warrant. The competitors’ results up to this point will remain valid if it is possible to complete the event on the same day. If it is not, the results prior to the interruption will be cancelled. In the case where all the competitors have completed their first run, this will constitute the complete event.

3060.2.1 Moguls In the moguls event, all skiers will make two runs down the course with the best

scored used for the results.3060.2.2 Dual Moguls Dual moguls is a series of one-run duals with the winner advancing to the next

round. Ultimately, the last two remaining will ski against each other for first place.3060.2.3 Aerials In aerials all competitors shall have two rounds. The rounds are run as individual

competitions. The results from both rounds are added together and ranked. If both rounds cannot be completed then the results from the first round will be valid.

3060.2.4 Halfpipe In the halfpipe event, all skiers will make two runs down the halfpipe with the best

score used for the results.3060.2.5 Slopestyle In the slopestyle event all competitors will make two runs down the course with the

best scored run used for the results.3060.3 Cancellation or Postponement of Competition If a competition is cancelled or postponed, for whatever reason, notice must be

given to the USSA office at the time of cancellation or postponement.3061 Accidents3061.1 The TD is responsible for filling out a USSA injury report form for of any accidents

or injuries in full detail (see rule 3030.7.1).3062 Insurance3062.1 Insurance information can be found in an earlier chapter of this guide.3065 organizational meetings

Page 94: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

92

3065.1 Team Captains’ Meeting The purpose of the team captains’ meeting is to provide detailed information

concerning competition procedures and activities, determine bib draws, gather competitor qualifications, and handle all necessary organizational matters.

It is then the responsibility of the representative team captains to communicate this information to their respective participants. The head judge, USSA TD, chiefs of courses and all other important competition officials shall attend the team captains’ meeting. The chief of competition shall conduct this meeting.

3065.2 Organization Committee Meetings At USSA authorized competitions, there should be several organizational

meetings preceding the competition and possibly during the competition. It is the responsibility of the host competition organizer to call to order organizational meetings, as he deems necessary, and to inform the key individuals involved in the event, so that they may attend. Further the results of these meetings should be made known to the key individuals whether or not they were able to attend. It is the responsibility of the chief of competition to communicate the essential information concerning the competition so that all parties may be reasonably informed.

3065.3 Judges’ Meetings The head judge for the competition will be responsible for conducting a judges’

meeting prior to the first day of competition. It is highly recommended that the judges meetings commence at least one day prior to the first day of competition. The head judge will be responsible for the communication and coordination of the meeting.

3065.4 Jury Meetings The jury for a competition will meet at least once before the first team captains’

meeting. The jury must also meet once before official training, in order to do an official course inspection. The TD will act as chair in all meetings of the jury.

3065.5 For all venues, before training begins, on the first official training day, the competitors must inspect the course wearing their bib numbers in competition fashion and the bibs must be easily visible. The jury shall determine the time of inspection.

3065.6 Immediately after this inspection the TD and other available members of the jury shall be at the outrun to receive requests and suggestions from the competitors and coaches regarding the venue.

3066 Official training for all events, excluding Skicross, see 45043066.1 Official training for any event is an inseparable part of the competition. The

competitors are required to participate. There will be a starter at training to regulate the flow of the competitors.

3066.2 The official training should encompass at least one day before the event, although not necessarily the day prior to the competition. For national level events, the official training shall ideally encompass at least two days before the event, although not necessarily consecutive.

3066.3 For aerials, the official training shall be a minimum of one day (two hours of actual jumping time). The jury may reduce this period if sufficient training is available the morning of the event.

3066.4 For slopestyle, on the competition day, the competitors are allowed two hours of training before the competition begins. The jury may reduce this to one hour.

3066.5 For moguls, there will be a minimum of one hour of official training on the competition day. The Jury may reduce the recommended one hour training if required by conditions. For Junior Nationals moguls competition days, the official

Page 95: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

93

time allotment for each of women’s and men’s training times should be 45 minutes.3066.6 For dual moguls, on the competition day the competitors are allowed a minimum

of 30 minutes of training before the competition begins. The Jury may reduce this if conditions require it. For Junior Nationals dual moguls competition days, the official time allotment for each of women’s and men’s training times should be 45 minutes.

3066.7 For halfpipe, training periods must be observed. One day of training before the competition day is to be provided. The Jury may reduce this period under special conditions. On the competition day the competitors are allowed a minimum of 30 minutes of training before the competition begins.

On the competition day the competitiors are allowed a minimume of 30 minutes of training before the competition begins.

3066.8 The entire facility must be properly prepared and have proper medical services available.

3070 Jump Qualifications This section identifies jump qualification requirements for aerial maneuvers

(jumps) used in all moguls, dual moguls and aerial events. This section does not apply to half or quarter pipe venues or slopestyle. If there are conflicts regarding jump qualifications with any other section of this Competition Guide, this section shall have precedence.

3070.1 Responsibilities Both the athlete and athlete’s coach share responsibility for ensuring that the

athlete is fully qualified to perform any jump in a USSA competition. Qualified jumps must be recorded on the USSA Jump Qualification List. The procedure for recording the jumps will be published on the USSA website on a yearly basis. If an athlete performs a jump in a USSA or FIS event that is not listed on the USSA Jump Qualification List, then the athlete will be disqualified from the event if the jump has not been properly qualified with proper documentation.

3070.2 Age Limitations for Jumps The following age limitations apply for aerial maneuvers in national competitions

in moguls and dual moguls competitions. A competitor may not perform more than a single inverted maneuver.

Age category Highest Acceptable Jumps Junior 4 and younger Single inverts/1080 rotation Junior 2-3 Double inverts/all rotations Junior 1/Seniors Triple inverts Age limitations are determined as described in paragraphs 3046.1 through 3046.3.3070.3 Jump Qualification Process3070.3.1 Jumps Greater than 720º and all Off-axis Jumps greater than 720º and all off-axis

jumps require qualification by a Level 2 aerial coach or better. Each time the athlete adds an additional rotation they must be qualified for that rotational upgrade (i.e. 360º to 540º would require a qualification upgrade). For qualification, the athlete shall successfully perform the maneuver five consecutive times on water, foam, air bag or snow for the qualifying coach. Submission of the qualification as defined in 3070.4 is required for these jumps.

3070.3.2 Inverted jumps. Inverted jumps, including all straight over front flips, straight over back flips, will be qualified in accordance with the following table:

Inverted Jump Recommended minimum Minimum Certified Coach number of jumps Level to qualify jump

Page 96: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

94

• Single somersault (including single twists) OA up to 720º and rotations of more than 720º 100 Level 2 Aerial coach

• Single somersault with two or more twists and OA over 720º (not including double OA) 100 Level 3 Aerial coach

• Double somersault (including twists) and all Double OA jumps 125 Level 4 Aerial coach • Triple somersault (including twists) and all other acrobatic maneuvers 75 Level 5 Aerial coach Athletes must qualify a back layout on water, air bag or foam without position

before training other back flips with position (such as back iron cross). Each time the athlete adds an additional rotation they must be qualified for that rotational upgrade (i.e. back flip to back flip with a twist or bF to bdF or front flip to double front flip would require a qualification upgrade). To receive qualification for an inverted jump, the recommended minimum number of jumps shall first be performed on water and the 5 jump qualification procedure successfully completed before attempting the jump on snow. Submission of the qualification as defined in 3070.4 is required for all inverted jumps.

3070.3.2.1 For moguls and dual moguls, in addition to the qualification procedure required by 3070.3.3, before an inverted jump is allowed to be performed in competition it must be further qualified on snow by a level 3 or higher Aerial Coach. This qualification must use the on snow qualifier process as posted at www.ussa.org under rules and regulations. Once the athlete successfully completes the on snow qualifier, the qualifying coach must enter the qualification as outlined in 3070.4.

3070.3.3 Positions. It is not necessary to include body positions or grabs (i.e., cross, mute grab, tuck, lay-out, misty, or bio, etc.) when qualifying a rotational, off-axis or single inverted maneuver.

3070.4 Submitting Qualifications When required by these rules, the qualifying coach shall enter the athlete’s

qualification information using the USSA Online Jump list. Coaches will use the current Qualification Sheet to qualify the jump. This form, instructions for completing it and the link and instructions for the online Jump List, can be found on the USSA website www.ussa.org. The Qualifying coach must retain all athlete qualification forms for a period of 7 years.

3070.5 New Maneuvers.3070.6 Suspension of Qualification Competitors are subject to suspension for that competition of their qualifications by

any member of the jury with agreement of the jury if they have shown an inability to perform the maneuver in a safe manner for which they have been qualified.

3070.7 The national ski associations have the right to further restrict their athletes from participation in inverted aerials.

3070.8 Coach Certification Process Coaches shall prescribe to the following requirements for certification: Mogul Coaching Level Requirements Level 1 - Level 100 clinic / First Aid / ASEP Level 2 - Level 200 clinic / Level 1 Mogul cert. / Level 2 Aerial cert. / min 2yrs. Professional coaching (minimum of 25 days per year – days can be accumulated

over more than 2 yrs, but not less than 2 yrs) Level 3 under development Aerial Coaching Level Requirements (this will also include Freeride off axis

Page 97: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

95

jumps) Level 2 - Attend a Level 200 clinic / Level 100 cert. (any USSA discipline, USASA

or other snow sport which must include First Aid, CPR & ASEP / Must complete the level 2 Coaching knowledge / Skills Assessment / Must have 2 yrs professional coaching (minimum of 25 days per year – days can be accumulated over more than 2 yrs, but not less than 2 yrs)

Level 3 – Level 2 certification, Must complete the Level 3 Coaching Knowledge / Skills Assessment. Must have 2 yrs professional coaching (minimum of 25 days per year – days can be accumulated over more than 2 yrs, but not less than 2 yrs)

Level 4 - Level 3 certification, Must complete the Level 4 Coaching Knowledge / Skills Assessment, Must have 5 yrs professional coaching (minimum of 25 days per year – days can be accumulated over more than 5 yrs, but not less than 5 yrs)

Level 5 - Level 4 certification, Must complete the Level 5 Coaching Knowledge / Skills Assessment, Must have 10 yrs professional coaching (minimum of 25 days per year – days can be accumulated over more than 10 yrs, but not less than 10 yrs)

What the coaching Levels allow: Coaching Certification levels: Level 2 Mogul or Aerial coach may qualify upright and off axis aerial maneuvers.

Rotational maneuvers of more than 1080 and single somersaults (including single twists and all loops)

Level 3 Aerial Coach may qualify single flips with more than one twist and “standard” off axis jumps over 1080 (but not including “double” off axis) also minimum level to be a USSA designated on snow qualifier)

Level 4 Aerial Coach may qualify double somersaults (including twists) and “double” off axis jumps.

Level 5 is unlimited Note that Level 2 Mogul cert requires Level 2 Aerial cert. as prerequisite.

4000 AerIAlS4001 Definition Aerial competition shall consist of two different acrobatic leaps from a prepared

jump(s), stressing takeoff, height and distance (referred to as “air”), proper style, execution and precision of movement (referred to as “form”) and “landing”.

4002 the Aerial Site4002.1 Joint Regulations for Men’s and Women’s Aerial Sites4002.1.1 Aerial sites for all events in the USSA Freestyle calendar must conform to the

current USSA standards for aerial courses (see appendix later in this Guide).4002.1.2 General Characteristics of the Aerial Site The aerial site must be constructed specifically according to the specifications as

established by the FIS and/or the USSA, as applicable. The snow conditions must be prepared to ensure competitor safety, and the course must be properly set and free of all hazards. All measurements taken are in degrees as opposed to percentages.

4002.1.3 Layout of the Aerial Site Aerial sites should be constructed from earth whenever possible. If not practical,

then a natural location should be chosen, and in the last choice, the facility could be constructed solely of hay bales or snow. In order to assure the correct facility is available, this construction should precede the competition by a reasonable period of time as indicated by the TD.

Page 98: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

96

The aerial site should be located where spectators can have easy access, where facilities and services are located nearby, and if possible, where snowmaking can service the site.

The aerial site should not have any obstacles or obstructions that will cause any inconvenience or difficulty for the competitor. There should be ample space available in the start and finish area for the competitor to maneuver.

4002.1.3.1 Three wind indicators must be on the aerial site, one on the start and two on the knoll.

4003 Scoring A split scoring system will be used at all aerial events. The competitor’s acrobatic

skiing will be judged on three basic components as follows:4003.1 Air; consisting of 20% of the score.4003.2 Form; consisting of 50% of the score.4003.3 Landing; consisting of 30% of the score. The judges will each evaluate the competitor’s performance based upon the criteria

set forth in section 6004. The score will be multiplied by the appropriate degree of difficulty factor (DD) to determine the total score for each jump. The competitor’s final score for both jumps is determined by adding together the total scores from each jump.

For judging criteria, refer to section 6004.4004 Scoring procedure See rule 3045.3 for calculation of scores.4004.1 Split Scoring System Refer to section 6003.4005 Calculation of Degree of Difficulty Refer to rule 6006 of the Rules for Scoring.4008 Special procedures4008.1 Loss of Ski(s) See Rule 3057.1.14 and 3058.14008.2 Definition of Different Jumps A competitor must should announce their jump and perform two different aerial

jumps. Refer to section 6008 for information regarding which jumps are considered to be different.

4008.3 Starting Time The jumpers have a maximum of 15 seconds to start down the in-run after being

told that the course is clear and the judges are ready. Refusal to start will be treated as a balk. (See Rule 3057.1.15)

4200 moGUlS4201 Definition Moguls competition should consist of two runs on a steep, heavily moguled course,

stressing technical turns, speed, and aerial maneuvers.4202 the moguls/dual moguls course4202.1 Joint regulations for men and women’s mogul/dual mogul courses4202.1.1 Moguls/dual moguls courses for Junior Nationals and U.S. Freestyle Championships

must conform to the specifications as set by the USSA and/or FIS.4202.1.2 General characteristics of the moguls/dual moguls site The moguls site must be uniformly covered in moguls, with a reasonably constant

Page 99: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

97

pitch and fall line, free of obstacles, with satisfactory snow cover.4202.1.3 Layout of the moguls/dual moguls site The moguls site should have a constant gradient with one continuous fall line. The slope should not be overly concave or convex, nor should it have distinct

changes in gradient. The course should be as evenly covered in moguls as possible. Hard, sharp bumps

should be smoothed out, deep ruts, ice balls and snow machine tracks should be removed. Bumps that throw the competitor too far into the air should be modified. All Senior, A’s, Open and Champ events must follow the most current FIS rules in regard to Jump specifications and Landing Zone specifications. With respect to jumps, they should not be continuous across the course, such as “pro jumps” and should conform to Course Specifications for Moguls. Chopping of the landing area must take place due to safety concerns (see 3034.1.3).

When snow cover is minimal, the organizing committee must transport additional snow to safely cover the course.

The jury may postpone or cancel an event if the moguls do not satisfactorily meet a reasonable minimum to constitute a moguls competition.

Obstacles, which a competitor may hit, must be marked if they cannot be covered, whereas snow, straw, safety nets, or other devices must protect obstacles on the sides of the course.

At least nine control gates plus the start and finish must be located on the course to mark 10 evenly spaced intervals with gates measuring 8 m - 12 m apart.

4202.1.4 Preparation and inspection of the moguls site4202.1.4.1 The moguls site must be completely prepared for skiing at least one day before

the moguls event, and must then be available for training.4202.1.4.2 To improve upon marginal lighting conditions, the organizer may color the

moguls, add pine bough branches, etc.4202.1.4.3 Some moguls may be modified for use as air bumps (see 4202.1.3). There

should be air bumps at the top and bottom of each course in approximately the same positions. The takeoff of the top air bumps should be placed at 15% of the course length and the takeoff of the bottom air bumps should be placed at 20% from the finish line.

4202.1.5 Official Training4202.1.5.1 There will be a minimum of one hour of official training on the competition day.4203 Scoring A split scoring system will be used at all moguls events. The competitor’s moguls

skiing will be evaluated on three basic components as follows:4203.1 Turns; consisting of 50% of the score. Refer to rule 6204.14203.2 Air; consisting of 25% of the score. Refer to rule 6204.24203.3 Speed; consisting of 25% of the score. Refer to rule 6204.3 The judges shall evaluate each competitor’s performance with respect to “turns”

and “air” as further described rules 6204.1 and 6204.2. The speed score as calculated in accordance with rule 6204.3 and shall be added to the total of the judges’ scores to determine the final moguls score for each competitor.

The competitor should shall be judged from the time that the run is started until he/she crosses the finish line. The skier should come to a safe and complete stop in the

Page 100: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

98

finish area. Aerial maneuvers landing beyond the finish line will be disregarded.4204 Scoring procedure See rule 3045.3 for calculation of scores.4204.1 Split Scoring System Refer to section 6203.4204.2 Pace Time The pace time will be calculated at 9.7 m/sec for men and 8.2 m/sec for women.4206 Special procedures4206.1 Number of Jumps All moguls courses are two jump courses. Every competitor must perform two

different jumps in order to receive maximum points. Two different jumps are defined in 6204.2.2.

A competitor who performs only one jump can only receive a maximum of 50% of the total possible aerial score. Jumps in excess of the recommended amount will be disregarded in order of lowest to highest scoring. For example, if a competitor performs three jumps, the judges will disregard the lowest scoring jump. However, a competitor should be careful not to perform jumps in such excess that the judges scores for turns are negatively affected.

To include new maneuvers to the approved list a competitor must petition the rules and technical subcommittee. This list will be amended on a seasonal basis only.

4300 dual moguls Dual moguls competition consists of moguls skiing on a heavily moguled course.

Technical turns, speed and aerial maneuvers are used to evaluate the skiers with the winner of each round advancing to the next round as further explained in rule 4305 and rule 4306.4

4302.1 Joint regulations for women’s and men’s dual moguls courses (see 4202)4302.1.1 Nine control gates (markers or Slalom poles) designating the outside of the course

and the center line must be located on the course at equally spaced intervals. Moguls may be machine constructed an all care must be taken to assure the courses are equal in respect to lines and number and size of the moguls.

4302.1.2 The dual moguls site must be completely prepared for skiing at least one day before the dual moguls event, and must then be available for training.

4302.2 Official Training4302.2.1 On the competition day the competitors are allowed a minimum of 30 minutes

of training before the competition begins. The Jury may reduce this if conditions require it.

4303 The competitor’s moguls skiing will be evaluated on three basic components as follows (see 3045.3 for general scoring procedures):

4303.1 Turns; (Definition refer to USSA Freestyle judging manual 6204.1 to 6204.1.3 and 6304.2.1)

4303.2 Air; (Definition refer to USSA Freestyle judging manual)4303.3 Speed; (Definition refer to USSA Freestyle judging manual)4304 Judging procedure A panel of judges shall administer scores based upon specific duties for each judge,

as set forth in the USSA Freestyle judging manual 6205. The judges should shall evaluate the competitor’s performance with respect to

”turns”, ”air” and ”speed” as further described in the USSA Freestyle judging

Page 101: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

99

manual. The competitor shall be judged from the time the run is started until he crosses the

finish line. The skier should come to a controlled and complete stop in the finish area. Aerial maneuvers landing beyond the finish line will be disregarded.

4305 competition procedure Seeding will be done according to either the most recent USSA points list for dual

moguls or the most recent moguls event either that morning or the previous day. At all USSA events, at the discretion of the meet organizers, all skiers will then be seeded according to FIS normal bracketing or straight performance seeding.

Color (or side) of course will be predetermined in the following manner: Round of 128 top skier in pairing will be red Round of 64 top skier in pairing will be blue Round of 32 top skier in pairing will be red Round of 16 top skier in pairing will be blue Round of 8 top skier in pairing will be red Round of 4 top skier in pairing will be blue Final Rounds top skier in pairing will be red In all cases the left side (looking up the hill) will be the blue course and the right

side will be the red course. The ranking to the eighth place will be determined by skiing. A minimum of 2 athletes is required in Duals for an event to be scored. Points will be awarded as follows:

Place USSA Points 1st 30.00 2nd 29.40 3rd 28.81 4th 28.23 5th 27.66 6th 27.11 7th 26.56 8th 26.03 9-16th 23.78 17-32nd 18.66 33-64 11.494306 Special procedures4306.1 Aerial Maneuvers Air Judges evaluate jumps based on the scoring criteria from single moguls

(quality, air and spontaneity), as well as difficulty and variety. Competitors may repeat jumps but judges will consider variety in comparing the two competitors. Variety reflects a different number of maneuvers and different types of maneuvers.

4306.2 Dual Moguls Start Device The start ramp shall be prepared in such a way that the competitors can stand

relaxed on the starting line and can quickly reach full speed after leaving the start. The specifications can be adjusted to the needs of the specific course. The start gates are to be placed in the center of each of course. The gates have to open simultaneously and it must be impossible for a competitor

to open the gates himself. Example:

Page 102: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

100

Two hinged gates each 100 cm wide and 40 cm in height. The starting block (behind the board) must be covered with Teflon to protect the ski. The weight for each hinge gate is 15 kg.

The bolt (lock) system should operate in such a way that both gates open outwards on operation of a single control mechanism. Mechanical controls are preferred over electrical ones, for reasons of reliability and portability.

4306.3 Dual Moguls Format4306.3.1 Dual moguls finals will be women 3rd and 4th, then women 1st and 2nd, then men

3rd and 4th, men 1st and 2nd.4306.3.2 Dual Moguls Control Gates At all dual moguls courses, there shall be nine control gates to divide the course

into ten even parts.4306.3.3 The width of each dual course should be 6.5 m ± 0.5 m.

4500 Skicross After a timed qualification run, a group of skier’s race against each other on a

specially prepared skicross course that includes different types of turns, jumps, waves and other freestyle/freeskiing terrain features.

4501 technical data4501.1 Vertical Drop4501.1.1 Courses for all events must be a minimum of 130 vertical meters to a maximum

250 vertical meters. The same course may be used for, men and women. Average slope should be between 12º-22º.

4501.1.2 The total times for course shall be between 35 - 60 seconds.4501.2 Gates4501.2.1 A skicross gate consists of one long slalom pole and one stubby pole and one gate.4501.2.2 Consecutive gates must alternate in color (except banana’s). The slalom poles must

carry triangular gates matching the color of the pole.4501.2.3 Triangular gates must be used with the following sizes: Discipline Base Long side Short side SX 130 cm 110 cm 55 cm SX 100 cm 80 cm 40 cm The turning pole must be a stubby pole (45 cm).4501.2.4 Triangular gates have to be placed at the bottom of the gate.4501.2.4.1 The gates must be set so that the competitors can distinguish them clearly

and quickly even at high speeds. The gate should be set at right angles to the competition line. In certain circumstances, skiers may be required to pass between two gates of the same color (for example: corridors).

4501.2.5 Correct Passage A gate has been passed correctly when both the competitor’s ski tips and both feet

have passed across the gate line. If a competitor loses a ski, without committing a fault, e.g. not straddling a gate, then the tip of the remaining ski and both feet must have passed the gate line. The gate line is the imaginary shortest line between the two turning poles. (See ICR Alpine 661.4)

4502 course4502.1 General characteristics of the courses. The slope should preferably be of a medium pitch (not flat/not steep-ideally

12º-20º) with varied terrain with an average slope of 15º. The skicross slope must

Page 103: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

101

be a minimum of 30 m wide. The skicross track width for 4 to 6 skiers shall be no less than 5 m in width. Under certain conditions for short sections (50 m or less) the course width may be a minimum of 20 m. The ideal skicross course will allow for the construction of all or some of the following terrain features: banks (crescent shaped), double banks, single, double, or triple jumps, rollers, offset rollers - (single, double, triple, etc.), step-up jumps, spines and double spines, pro style jumps, hip jumps, table top jumps, and medium or long GS type turns (when building a feature is not possible).

Other terrain features can be built but safety considerations must always be a priority. Gap jumps will not be permitted under any circumstances.

The features should be designed so that competitors are attempting to gain speed and not having to break before each one.

4502.2 Course preparation The track should be closed to the public at least 24 hours before the training.

Terrain features and jumps must be built with sufficient time so that the snow has been compacted to insure that they can be properly maintained during training and competition. The use of artificial means is permitted (salt, water, etc.).

4503 course setting4503.1 The setting of the gates must be done before the official inspection and should

incorporate the skillful use of the terrain with the integration of terrain features and jumps into the setting. Minor adjustments in the setting may be necessary during the training to adjust the course for a smooth race line. Any changes made during training should be announced in the start area so all competitors and Team Captains are aware of such changes.

4503.2 The total number of terrain features and jumps should be at the discretion of the course designer but will incorporate as many different possibilities as is practical. Blind jumps or terrain features where a skier is unable to see the landing from the take-off should be avoided. The course should be designed to separate the skiers as quickly as possible after the start (i.e. 3-5 rolls or other terrain features between the start and the first turn). These terrain features should be placed in a straight line from the start to the first turn. Minimum distance of the straight section of the course between the start and the first turn should be no less than 60 m. The arc of the first turn shall be no less than a 100° change in direction (i.e. the degrees difference between the entrance and the exit of the turn. The first turn is usually the largest turn of the course, wide enough to accommodate all competitors at once. The start should be designed in such a way the competitors can gain the speed without using their ski poles or skating.

4504 Inspection/training The competitors are allowed to inspect the course by slowly sliding down through

or alongside the course. Inspection times are at the discretion of the Jury but should be a minimum of 15 minutes. Two inspection runs at half speed are recommended. All competitors are required to complete at least one inspection run prior to training. Competitors must visibly wear their bibs and their helmets. At least one Official training run prior to the actual competition is mandatory for each site - normally the training runs should be 1 - 2 hours in length and should be held the day before the actual event takes place (under certain mitigating circumstances the Jury may decide other possibilities).

4505 execution of Skicross4505.1 Finals are based on 6 2 to 32 men and 6 2 to 16 women with 2 to 4 skiers per heat.4505.2 Skicross will be run according to a single knockout format. Timed runs are used to

Page 104: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

102

qualify skiers for the skicross.4505.2.1 Two possibilities for timed trials qualification. 1) Qualification with one run – all skiers have one timed run 2) Qualification with two runs – all skiers have two timed runs the better of two

runs determines the qualification-ranking list (same start list for both runs).4505.2.2 In the Qualification race, if two or more competitors have the same time (tied), then

skier that started later in the race, will win the tie.4505.2.3 If two or more competitors, are tied (for women 16th place and men 32nd place /

women 24th place and men 48th place) leading into the Final, then a ski off will be held between the two or more competitors, before the start of the skicross Final competition. The competitor who wins the run will qualify and advance to the Final.

4505.3 The two skiers (four skiers per heat) or three skiers (six skiers per heat) advance from round to round as determined by their place of finish in each heat.

4505.4 Determination of place Place of finish is determined by the first part of the body or skis that cross finish line.4505.4.1 Whenever, possible, a finish line camera (video or photo finish) should be available.

In case of a tie (between the 2nd and 3rd / 3rd or 4th place skiers in the heat only), the skier with the lowest qualification time will advance.

4505.4.2 In a case where more than one competitor does not complete the course nor cross the finish line, rankings will be based on the competitor who made it further down the course, will receive the better rank.

4505.5 Race Bibs Race Bibs are numbered on front, and back for better visibility by the course

judges. The main 4 colors of the bibs will be Red, Green, Blue and Yellow. White and Black will be used additionally if a 6-person format is used.

4505.6 Gate Judges Gate Judges - between four and eight gate judges (with radios connected with the

finish-referee) on a skicross is necessary. They must be familiar with the rules (Inspection, Training, Gate-DSQ and Contact etc.).

4506 Skicross Finals parings Pairings for the finals will be according to the following but may consist of as few

as 1 heat with only 2 competitors:4506.1 Finals Ranking for 8 heats/4 per heat (32) Men Heat # 1st Pos 2nd Pos 3rd Pos 4th Pos 1 1 16 24 32 2 8 9 17 25 3 6 11 19 27 4 4 13 21 29 5 3 14 22 30 6 5 12 20 28 7 7 10 18 26 8 2 15 23 314506.2 Ranking for 4 heats/4 per heat (16) Women or Men Heat # 1st Pos 2nd Pos 3rd Pos 4th Pos 1 1 8 12 16 2 4 5 9 13 3 3 6 10 14

Page 105: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

103

4 2 7 11 154506.3 Ranking for 2 heats/4 per heat (8) Women or Men Heat# 1st Pos 2nd Pos 3rd Pos 4th Pos 1 1 4 6 8 2 2 3 5 74507 the Start4507.1 Start lane choice during each heat based only on the skiers qualifying time. First in

the qualification can chose their lane, the second fastest the next lane and so on in each heat. Assignment of new bibs numbered based on the results of the time trials will aid to determine lane selection in the start.

A missed start is a DNS. It is the skier’s responsibility to arrive at the start in time to compete.

4507.2 Start lanes Each starting position is identified by a color. Looking up the course, the positions

are set from left to right. For a four person skicross, position 1 is red, position 2 is green, position 3 is blue and position 4 is yellow. For a six person skicross, black would be position 1 and white position 6. The other colors will remain the same and in the same order.

4507.3 Skicross Start ramp and Start Device The Start Ramp shall be prepared in such a way that the competitors can stand

relaxed in the starting device and can quickly reach full speed after leaving the start. The specifications can be adjusted to the needs of the specific course. The start gates

are to be placed in the center of the courses. The gates have to open simultaneously and it must be impossible for a competitor to open the gates himself or block the opening of the gate by applying force to the gate.

Standards: Hinged gates, each 100 cm wide and 40 cm in height. There shall be 60 cm between each gate. The height of the handles shall be 95 cm

above the snow level. The size of each handle shall be 10 cm long. The starting surface of the gate must be covered with a protection for the skis. The

gate must have sufficient weight to operate property. The bolt (lock) system should operate in such a way that the gates open outward, as least past 45°, on operation of a single control mechanism. Mechanical controls are all preferred over electrical ones, for reasons of reliability and portability.

All Start Device for FIS World Cup need to be approved by the FIS.4507.2.1 Start Command Skiers ready, five seconds – Go4508 contact4508.1 Intentional contact by pushing, pulling or other means, which causes another

competitor to slow down, fall or exit the course is not allowed and is an automatic disqualification. Unavoidable “casual contact” may be acceptable. All contact infractions will be at the discretion of the course judges and race Jury.

4508.2 If a skier is disqualified based upon an infraction of the rules regarding contact, he/she will not be classified in the competition.

4509 protests DSQ’s will be announced and/or posted immediately after each heat at a designated

area at the bottom and top of the course. All protests must be reported to the Chief of Finish before the next heat begins. Protests after this time will not be accepted. Protests need not be in writing but all other ICR rules for protests will apply. The

Page 106: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

104

Jury will consist of the TD, Race Director or Chief of Competition and the Chief of Finish. The protest fee must be paid at or before the conclusion of the competition.

4510 Final ranking4510.1 Four Person Format Skiers 1 to 4 are ranked according to their place of finish in the final heat. Skiers

5 to 8 are ranked according to their place of finish in the consolation round. All remaining skiers are ranked according to the round they go out in (i.e. quarter finals) and their qualification times within that round. (Example: skiers ranked 8 to 16 in the quarterfinal would be ranked according to their qualification times.)

4510.2 Six Person Format Skiers 1 to 6 are ranked according to their place of finish in the final heat. Skiers

7 to 12 are ranked according to their place of finish in the consolation round. All remaining skiers are ranked according to the round they go out in (i.e. quarter finals) and their qualification times within that round. (Example: skiers ranked 13 to 24 in the quarterfinal would be ranked according to their qualification times.)

4511 equipment4511.1 Thickness of ski boot soles Distance between the ski boot sole and the base of the heel including all hard and

soft parts: Women/Men: maximum 43 mm4511.1.2 The maximum height (distance between the bottom of the running surface of the

ski and the ski boot sole) is 50 mm. The maximum height for the Children I and Children II is 50 mm.

4511.2 Number of skis Each competitor is limited to two pairs of skis on the race day (Qualification and

Final). The Organizer will mark the skis.4511.3 Helmets The competitors are required to wear helmets. Full face helmets are recommended

for all inspection, training, timed trails and competition.4511.4 Ski suits Ski suits must be two pieces- pants and a separate top. Form-fitting Lycra, speed or

downhill suits are not permitted. Competition suits may not be plasticized. Non-protruding body protection and padding is recommended.

4600 Halfpipe4601 Definition The halfpipe is a channel constructed in the snow. Skiers perform their run in

the halfpipe. A panel of judges will evaluate the performance based upon overall impression.

4602 The Halfpipe Site4602.1 The halfpipe site must conform to specifications as outlined in the competition

course specifications. See appendix C.4602.2. The halfpipe must be finished and ready for training at least one day prior to the

start of competition and must be available for training on the day of the event.4602.3 The drop in area shall give the competitors the opportunity to enter the halfpipe

with speed.4602.4 The lips (tops of each wall) of the halfpipe must be clearly marked with color.

Ideally, transitions lines are dyed as well.4603 Competition Procedure of Halfpipe

Page 107: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

105

4603.1 Best of Two Runs All competitors will be given two runs; the best of two scores will be used for the

results.4603.2 Halfpipe Qualifications4603.3 Use of Heats in Halfpipe Competition USSA recommends the use of heats in the halfpipe qualification. Competitors can

be run in heats of 20-30. For example: a field of 60 men would be split into two groups, 30 men in each heat. The most current FFSP list should be used to seed the athletes evenly into the heats as fairly as possible. They would be given a 30 min practice and then take their scored runs.

Heat 1, 30 men – Practice, then two scored runs, best score counts Heat 2, 30 men – Practice, then two scored runs, best score counts The heat format can be set up for 20-30 competitors and the practice session should

be held before each heat and only for those competitors. Practice times can be adjusted to fit schedule and number of athletes. The heat format allows the judges to focus on only one heat at the time.

Finals – a set number of athletes from each heat and the next best set of athletes overall will advance to the finals. For example: 6 men from each heat, plus the next 4 best overall men will advance to finals for a 16 man finals field.

4603.4 Once a competitor has started his run, he is not allowed to re-start. In extenuating circumstances, the Jury may grant a re-run see 3057.

4604 competitor training4604.1 Competitor should be given at least 30 minutes of training prior to the start of

competition, see 3066.4604.2 There shall be no specific start order during training.4604.3 Training times will be communicated by the competition committee during the

team captains’/riders meeting.4605 Start/Finish Area4605.1 The start area shall permit the competitor to safely drop into the pipe. The start area

shall conform to the guidelines as outlined in 3043.4605.2 The finish area must be big and level to allow the rider to come to a safe and

complete stop after the last possible hit.4605.3 The placement of the finish line is determined by the Head Judge and marked by

painting a colored line across the bottom of the pipe and up the walls. For a trick to count towards a competitor’s score, the competitor must takeoff on or before the finish line.

4606 Judges Stand4606.1 The minimum size of the judging area must be 8 m by 2 m. The judges viewing

area should be constructed to provide ample room for the appropriate number of judges.

4606.2 The judges’ area should be fenced or protected from competitors and spectators.4607 Special Procedures: Halfpipe4607.1 Loss of Ski(s) and Stops If a competitor loses a ski before he may finish on one ski. The competitor will be

judged according to their performance. If the competitor does not continue the run and fails to put their ski back on in a 10 second time limit, they will be judged up to that point. If a competitor loses both skis, they will be judged up to that point. If a competitor stops in the halfpipe for more than 10 seconds, the competitor will be scored up to that point. The competitor should exit the pipe as soon as possible.

Page 108: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

106

4650 Halfpipe/Slopestyle Scoring and Judging Criteria4651 Scoring4651.1 When judging halfpipe events, only maneuvers performed in the halfpipe will be

scored.4651.2 Each judge may award up to 100 points for an averaged total of up to 100 points for

each run. Scores are used to rank the athletes, relative to the level of competition at each event.

A run that scores 65 at one event may score 75 at another event. The score is just a tool to organize the rankings and may vary based on the range and anchor score set for the day.

4651.3 The scorecard shall be used to record the score given by the judge4651.4 A memory board shall be used by each judge to make all necessary notations

depicting each competitor’s run.4651.5 If a competitor lands out of the halfpipe, they have ten seconds to reenter before

they receive a DNF are disqualified.4651.6 Each competitor’s scores must be posted after each run.4652 Judging Format4652.1 3-6 judges can be used at USSA halfpipe and slopestyle events4652.2 The head judge or an experienced judge will call out the tricks for the whole

judging panel to hear.4652.3 Judges for halfpipe and slopestyle competitions are allowed to discuss runs for the

purpose of comparing runs and ranking them accordingly. Actual scores should not be discussed during the event.

4652.3 The head judge must let a judge be heard if they have something to address, and will mediate discussions among judges.

4652.4 “Split panel” The head judge will intervene if the judging panel disagrees on an important ranking. After a comparisons of the runs takes place the head judge may require a vote where the majority rules, in this case the minority may be required to adjust their score to fit the ranking of the majority.

4653 Judging criteria4653.1 Overall Impression The judges will score the run by evaluating the overall impression criteria, including

the execution, difficulty, variety, amplitude, combinations and progression of the run and the routine attempted.

4653.2 Overall Impression Criteria below should be used to evaluate the athletes’ runs:4653.2.1 Execution: Execution encompasses many things: takeoff, landing, grabs, air, control, breaks

in form, hand drags and crashes. It is important to recognize a well executed run as well as a poorly executed run and know how to score each appropriately. When determining execution each judge should ask themselves the following questions:

• How clean were the takeoffs? Always set clean, or were rushed and started prematurely?

• How long were the grabs held for? • Did they maintain control in the air, or were there arm swings or flailing? • Did they slide the rails cleanly to the end? Or did they come off early? • How clean were the landings? Any hand drags or butt checks?4653.2.2 Difficulty: It is important to estimate the difficulty of a trick. Consider the following when

Page 109: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

107

determining difficulty: • Amount of rotation • Direction of rotation (left/right, natural/unnatural) • Direction of movement (switch/forward) • Different grabs can make a trick considerably more difficult especially in greater

rotations • Axis of the trick: upright, off-axis, inverted, flat-spin/rodeo, double-cork • Creative lines and transfers can definitely make a run more difficult4653.2.3 Amplitude: This measures the energy of the run that is shown by the height of each maneuver

off the terrain features. Bigger amplitude can accentuate a clean, well-executed trick and leave a strong impression. Take note of the level of amplitude throughout the run. Consistent high amplitude all the way down the pipe should be rewarded. Maintained amplitude requires excellent takeoffs, landings, line and travel through the flat bottom.

4653.2.4 Variety: A good run has a variety of tricks, grabs and axis’. Variety shows that the competitor

has a complete repertoire of tricks. Look for the following in a run with good variety:

• Multiple directions of movement (forward and switch) • Multiple directions of rotations (right-side and left-side) • Multiple axis’: upright, off-axis, inverted, flat-spin/rodeo, double-cork • Multiple grabs: no one wants to see the same grab on every trick. Award a

variety of grabs. • PIPE: down the pipe spins and alley-oop spins (up the pipe spins)4653.2.5 Combinations: Combinations are multiple tricks linked together. It is more difficult to do hard

tricks back-to-back, increasing the risk and therefore the difficulty of the run. Solid combinations can add to the positive impression of a run and should be rewarded. There should be NO reverts. If a trick is landed switch the competitor should continue switch into the next feature. A revert shows a break in flow and an inability to link multiple tricks. Tricks should flow from one to another.

4653.2.6 Progression: In order to recognize progression a judge must have a current knowledge of

competitive Freeskiing. New and progressive tricks keep our sport moving forward and should be rewarded. Arguably, progressive tricks can still be rewarded without perfect execution. The following elements of a run that fall under the progression criteria:

• New and uncommon tricks • New or more technical axis’ or rotations • New, uncommon or difficult grabs • New Variations of existing tricks or grabs • Creativity (grabs, line, use of the course)4654 Scoring procedures4654.1 Practice Judging: Judges must observe training and practice judging at the event.4653.2 Set the Range: After identifying an average run and an average score during

practice, judges should start discussing scores for other runs witnessed throughout the rest of practice.

Page 110: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

108

4654.3 As a guideline scores can be broken down into the following ranges: Crash Score: 1-40 points. • 1-10 points is a crash at the start of the course • 10-20 points is a crash on the first half of the course • 20-30 points is a crash on an otherwise solid run • 30-40 points is a crash at the end of an excellent run Below Average: 40-55 points. • Low degree of difficulty • Poor execution and missed grabs • Major deductions: Hand drag, Butt check, Etc. Average: 55-70 points. • Represents the level of the majority of the field • Watch practice and note average runs. Use the average to set the range for your

scores Above Average/Good: 70-85 points. • Good execution • No deductions or insecurities • A solid trick flow and a few good combinations • Many difficult tricks Excellent: 85-95 points • Perfect execution • Many difficult tricks linked together consecutively • A variety of tricks, grabs and axis’ • A score higher than 95 states that it was one of the greatest runs ever landed in

competition.4654.4 Tie-breaking Ties will be broken first by the next highest scoring run. Then if there is still a tie

a judge-by-judge comparison should be used, see 3045.4.1. In case this does not break the tie, the highest total scored run will determine the winner. If the tie cannot be broken by this procedure, both competitors will receive the same placing and the following place will be unused.

4700 Slopestyle4701 Definition Competitions shall consist of multiple features found in a terrain park. The skier

performs their run using these terrain features. A panel of judges will evaluate the performance based upon overall impression.

4702 the Slopestyle Site4702.1 The slopestyle course shall fall within the specifications as outlined in the

competition course specifications. See Appendix A.4702.2 The slopestyle course must be finished and ready for training at least one day prior

to the start of competition and must be available for training on the day of the event.

4702.3 Each feature on the course must be clearly marked with dye.4703 competition procedure of Slopestyle4703.1 Best of Two Runs All competitors will be given two runs; the better of the two scores will be used for

Page 111: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

109

the results.4703.2 Slopestyle Qualifications4703.3 Use of Heats in Slopestyle Competition USSA recommends the use of heats in the slopestyle qualification. Competitors

can be run in heats of 20-30. For example: a field of 60 men would be split into two groups, 30 men in each heat. The most current FFSP list should be used to seed the athletes evenly into the heats as fairly as possible. They would be given a 30 min practice and then take their scored run.

Heat 1, 30 men – Practice, then two scored runs, best score counts Heat 2, 30 men – Practice, then two scored runs, best score counts The heat format can be set up for 20-30 competitors and the practice session should

be held before each heat and only for those competitors. Practice times can be adjusted to fit schedule and number of athletes. The heat format allows the judges to focus on only one heat at the time.

Finals – a set number of athletes from each heat and the next best set of athletes overall will advance to the finals. For example: 6 men from each heat, plus the next 4 best overall men will advance to finals for a 16 man finals field.

4703.4 Once a competitor has started his run, he is not allowed to re-start. In extenuating circumstances, the Jury may grant a re-start.

4704 competitor training4704.1 Competitor should be given at least 30 minutes of training prior to the competition,

see 3066.4704.2 There shall be no specific start order during training.4704.3 Training times will be communicated by the competition committee during the

team captains’/riders meeting.4705 Start/Finish Area4705.1 The start area shall set following the guidelines as outline in 3043. The in-run

allows the skier to have the correct speed for the performance.4705.2 The Finish Area for the competition must be satisfactorily large enough to allow

the skier to stop.4706 Judges Stand4706.1 If possible, the judges’ stand should be in a location that allows them to see the

entire course. Judges panel may be split between the features if needed. The jury will set the placement of the judges. Content of the course must be considered in the process. Visibility, and the appropriate weighting, of each of the features needs to be carefully planned when selecting the judges stand location (s).

4706.2 The judges’ area should be fenced or protected from competitors and spectators.4707 Special procedures: Slopestyle4707.1 Loss of Ski(s) and Stops If a competitor loses a ski he/she may finish on one ski. The competitor will be

judged according to their performance. If the competitor does not continue the run and fails to put their ski back on within the 10 second time limit, they will be judged up to that point. If a competitor loses both skis, they will be judged up to that point. If a competitor stops in the slopestyle for more than 10 seconds, the competitor will be scored up to that point. The competitor should exit the course as soon as possible.

Page 112: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

110

6000 AerIAlS6001 Definition Aerial competition shall consist of two different acrobatic leaps from a prepared

jump(s), stressing take-off, height and distance (referred to as “air”), proper style, execution and precision of movement (referred to as “form”) and landing. See Rule 3060.2.3 concerning Semi-Finals and Finals.

6002 Scoring The competitor’s acrobatic skiing will be judged on three basic components as

follows:6002.1 Air Consisting of 20% of the score 0.0 - 2.06002.2 Form Consisting of 50% of the score 0.0 - 5.06002.3 Landing Consisting of 30% of the score 0.0 - 3.06003 Scoring procedures6003.1 7 Judge Format The judges will evaluate the competitor’s performance using a split scoring system

as follows:6003.1.1 Air and Form Judges Five judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based upon

the Air and Form Criteria as stated in 6004.1 and 6004.2 respectively. The high and low scores shall be discarded and the remaining three scores will be added together.

6003.1.2 Landing Judges Two judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based upon

the criteria as stated in 6004.3. The average of the two scores will be multiplied by 3, to obtain the overall landing score.

6003.1.3 Total Score The total score judges score is calculated by adding the overall landing score to the

total of the three counting Air and Form scores. This total is then multiplied by the appropriate Degree of Difficulty (DD) factor to determine the total score for each jump. The total will be truncated to two decimal places.

The competitor’s final score for both jumps is determined on adding together the total score from each jump.

Example: Air and Form Judges (Maximum 7.0 points per Judge) J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 Air & Form Score: 6.2 6.0 7.0 6.8 6.5 = 19.50 Landing Judges (Maximum 3.0 points per Judge) J6 J7 Overall Landing Score: 2.6 2.8 = (5.4 ÷ 2) x 3 = 8.10 Total Score (Maximum 30 points x Degree of Difficulty) Total Judges Score: = 27.60 Total Score: = 27.60 x DD6003.2 5 Judge Format The judges will evaluate the competitor’s performance using a split scoring system

as follows:6003.2.1 Air and Form Judges Three judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based

upon the Air and Form Criteria as stated in 6004.1 and 6004.2 respectively. The three scores will be added together.

Page 113: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

111

6003.2.2 Landing Judges Two judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based upon

the criteria as stated in 6004.3. The average of the two scores will be multiplied by 3, to obtain the overall landing score.

6003.2.3 Total Score The total score judges score is calculated by adding the overall landing score to the

total of the three Air and Form scores. This total is then multiplied by the appropriate Degree of Difficulty (DD) factor to determine the total score for each jump. The total will be truncated to two decimal places. The competitor’s final score for both jumps is determined by adding together the total score from each jump.

The competitor’s final score for both jumps is determined on adding together the total score from each jump.

Example: Air and Form judges (Maximum 7.0 points per Judge) J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 Air & Form Score: 6.2 6.0 7.0 6.8 6.5 = 19.50 Landing judges (Maximum 3.0 points per Judge) J6 J7 Overall Landing Score: 2.6 2.8 = (5.4÷2) x 3 = 8.10 Total Score (Maximum 30 points x Degree of Difficulty) Total judges Score: = 27.60 Total Score: = 27.60 x DD6004 Judging criteria6004.1 Air (20% of the Score) Min = 0.0 / Max = 2.0 Air shall be evaluated based upon the take-off, height and distance of the

competitor’s jump. Take-off involves an evaluation of how the jump is initiated. Height and distance are essentially a product of speed into the jump and the force of the take-off. Take-off, height and distance shall also be evaluated in relation to the length and steepness of the landing hill. The competitor should not land too short (knoll) or too long (beyond the transition area of the landing hill).

Air consists of 20% of the score (maximum 2 points per judge) and will be broken down into two parts:

0% Technical Take-Off 10% Height and Distance6004.1.1 Technical Take-Off Min = 0.0 / Max = 1.0 Technical take-off refers to the manner in which the competitor initiates the jump

by extending the body at the right moment while leaving the kicker. Take-off is judged from the moment the competitor enters the transition, until the

tails of the skis leave the kicker.6004.1.1.1 Good Take-Off 0.7 - 1.0 Just before the competitor leaves the kicker the body must be fully extended –

the arms must lead the motion. The jump is initiated through “popping” from the kicker. The actual position in the jump (tuck, twist, spread, etc.) should not begin before the skis have left the kicker.

6004.1.1.2 Average Take-Off 0.4 - 0.6 There are different types of mistakes: The competitor does not pop at the right

moment (too early or too late), the form starts too early (twisting on the kicker), i.e. the arms are behind the body; hips are pushed forward too much; the competitor

Page 114: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

112

throws his arms over his head causing an uncontrolled rotation (sling). Points are deducted according to the number and severity of these mistakes.

6004.1.1.3 Bad Take-Off 0.0 - 0.3 Take-off is completely missed, causing an uncontrolled jump in most cases.6004.1.2 Height and Distance Min = 0.0 / Max = 1.0 Height and distance is a product of speed into the jump and the force of the take-off.

It shall be evaluated according to the trajectory through the air and the landing point of the jump. The maximum scores to be awarded off each jump will be as follows:

Small = .6 medium = .8 large = 1.06004.1.2.1 Good Height and Distance 0.7 - 1.0 The trajectory through the air begins at an angle that is continuing the curve of the

kicker. i.e. Small Jumps - about 55° Medium Jump - about 60° Large Jumps - about 63° The optimum landing point should be as far down the landing hill as the jump is

away from the knoll. i.e. Small Jumps - about 4 m Medium Jumps - about 6 m Medium Big Jump - about 7 m Big Jumps - about 8 m Floater - about 10 m Jumps landed further down may receive full points if they are landed before the

transition of the landing hill into the outrun.6004.1.2.2 Average Height and Distance 0.4 - 0.6 The trajectory through the air is too high or too low. The landing is in the transition

area from the knoll to the optimum landing point.6004.1.2.3 Bad Height and Distance 0.0 - 0.3 The jump is landed on the knoll or on the outrun.6004.2 Form (50% of the Score) Min = 0.0 / Max = 5.0 Form consists of 50% of the score (maximum 5 points per judge). Form denotes the position of the body, skis, arms, hands, and/or poles while in the

air. It is the manner in which the competitor executes each maneuver. Form shall be evaluated based upon competitor’s precision of performance (i.e. tightness of body, economy of motion), balance, mechanics, stability in the air, and the timing of the maneuver in relation to the apex of the jump. Form is judged from when the competitors ski tips start to leave the jump until the competitor touches the snow.

6004.2.1 Positions in the Form6004.2.1.1 If the number of planned maneuvers is not fulfilled (somersaults, twists, 360’s,

upright positions) resulting in too many or not enough maneuvers, the judges will provide a score and jump code for the maneuver they witnessed the competitor receives no score (DNF). They will receive a DNF if the unplanned maneuver is a repeat of their secondary maneuver.

Example: Flight Plan: Jump Performed: Tuck-Tuck Tuck-Tuck-Tuck DNF Full-Double Full Full-Full DNF6004.2.1.2 A judge breaks down the form points to the number of maneuvers (somersaults,

Page 115: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

113

360’s, twists, upright positions), and takes off the percentage accordingly if the form in one, two, three, or more parts is missed completely or partially.

Example: Flight Plan: Jump Performed: Lay-Tuck Lay-Tuck max 5.0 Lay-Tuck Tuck-Tuck max 2.5 Lay-Tuck Tuck-Lay max 0.0 Lay-Tuck Lay-Lay max 2.5 Twister-Twister Twister-Twister max 5.0 Twister-Twister Twister-Spread max 2.56004.2.2 Form Breaks The following is a guide to use when assessing form breaks: Minor form breaks up to 25% of possible form points Medium form breaks up to 50% of possible form points Major form breaks up to 100% of possible form points As in take-off, the body should be extended, not only at take-off, but also prior to

landing. The amount of deduction depends on whether the form is bad throughout the whole jump or only in parts of the maneuver.

i.e. Jumps performed with a minor form break in one somersault: Single Double Triple Twist Twist Twist Form 5.0 2.5 1.7 2.5 1.7 1.6 Deduction 1.2 0.6 0.4 Total 3.8 4.4 4.6 A guideline to differentiate between minor, medium and major form breaks is as

follows: All definitions of form are based on body positions. All positions have to be in the

layout (straight body no bending 0°), or tuck or pike (90° bending at knees, hip) position. The only exception is the puck position (only allowed for half-in and twisting front flips).

Anything with a variation of less than 45° off the required position should be considered minor. Anything with a variation of approximately 45° off the required position should be considered medium. Anything with a variation of clearly more than 45° off the required position should be considered major.

Deductions are cumulative. Multiple minor form breaks in the same movement can result in a major form break.

6004.3 Landing (30% of the Score) Min = 0.0 / Max = 3.0 A proper landing involves a balanced, stable and controlled body position

throughout. The competitor should demonstrate precision and grace with minimal interruption upon contact with the landing surface. Absorption should be made primarily with the knees and lower body with only a slight bend at the waist. The evaluation of a landing starts immediately when the competitor touches the snow and continues until the competitor has exhibited and shown sufficient skiing control after landing.

Landing consists of 30% of the total score (maximum 3.0 points per landing judge). Landing consists of two parts

Page 116: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

114

1) Landing - body position in relation to the landing hill following preparation for landing, ski snow contact on impact as well as absorption of the body - Max 2.0 points

2) Exit from the landing following the snow contact, impact and absorption. - Max points 1.0

(Preparation for landing - this is considered in form)6004.3.1 Landing Min = 0.0 / Max = 2.06004.3.1.1 Applicable Ranges for landing 2.0 Body is extended and 90° to the landing hill, perfect balance, weight on center

of skis and rotation is completely stopped. 1.6 - 1.9 Slightly over rotated or under rotated, good absorption and balanced body

position, weight on skis. No touch. 1.2 - 1.5 Over or under rotated, hard absorption, slightly off axis, possible small

touch down with hand(s). 0.8 - 1.1 45° to the landing hill, way too long or too short. Hard hand touch down/

dragging hands. 0.4 - 0.7 Way too long or too short, insufficient absorption, touch down, back slap. 0.1 - 0.3 So far over or under rotated that there is minimal weight on the skis when

they touch the snow, major snow contact. 0.0 Complete fall with no weight on skis at all.6004.3.2 Exit in = 0.0 / Max = 1.06004.3.2.1 Applicable Ranges for exit 1.0 Full Control, no touch down, weight on both skis, exiting straight from landing. 0.7 - 0.9 Slightly off balance or off axis, no touch down. 0.4 - 0.6 Continuing rotation, unstable, unbalanced or off axis, after landing then a

touch down, continuing into exit with skis. 0.1 - 0.3 Sliding down sideways or straight on back, belly, or circling virtually no

continuation. 0.0 No control, no continuation into exit or loss of both skis.6004.3.3 Note: A competitor must receive at least 0.1 points in the landing category to

receive any point in the exit category.6005 General description of Aerial maneuvers6005.1 Spread Eagle: After take-off the outstretched arms and legs are extended out to the

sides away from the body. The legs should be spread to form a minimal angle of 90° when viewed from the front. The skis should be parallel to each other (tails and tips equally spread) and 90° to the body. The upper body should remain straight and upright without any noticeable forward bend at the waist.

6005.2 Zudnik: A Nordic type jump in which the upper body is bent roughly 90° at the waist by bringing the upper body forward and down and the lower body forward and up. The toes rise up towards and in the vicinity of the competitor’s chin. The skis should remain close together and parallel and the head remains upright.

6005.3 Twister: The skis are twisted a minimum of 90° to the fall line. The skis should remain parallel to each other, together and 90° to the body. The hands and arms may move to counter the twisting of the skis.

6005.4 Daffy: After take-off, one leg should be brought up and forward while the other leg is simultaneously brought backwards and up, resulting in a 180° split position in which the front ski is parallel to the back ski, skis pointing straight up and down.

6005.5 Back Scratcher. The skis tails are brought back and up to a minimum angle of 90°

Page 117: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

115

to the horizontal when viewed from the side, knees bent, hips forward and a slight backwards counter motion of the upper body (shoulders). Legs must be together and skis parallel.

6005.6 Mule Kick: The Mule Kick is a Back Scratcher with a 45° twist of the hip to the side.6005.7 Iron Cross: This is a combination of the back scratcher and the tip cross. The skis

are crossed in a 90° angle while pointed to the ground at a 90° angle. The maneuver is held with the upper body in the neutral position until the skis are extended to the landing hill

6005.8 Kosak: A Kosak is a combination of a Spread Eagle and a Zudnik. Arms can be held in different ways; in front, between the skis, at the side, or a competitor may grab the ski tips. Legs are simultaneously raised and spread in front and to the side of the body. Legs should approach the horizontal level and upper body is brought forward to counter inertial forces of legs being raised. Skis should achieve a vertical position and be symmetrical.

6005.9 Helicopter: The Helicopter is a 360° revolution of the body on a vertical axis.6005.10 Front Somersault: A complete forward rotation in which a person rotates heels over

head.6005.11 Back Somersault: A complete backward rotation in which a person rotates heels

over head.6005.12 Side Somersault: A complete rotation around the yawl axis in which a person

rotates heels over head.6005.13 Tuck: A position in which the knees are brought up towards the chest to a 90° angle

at the hips and 90° angle at the knees. Hands are placed on knees or legs. In back somersaults 90° is ideal; in front somersaults more than 90 may be reached.

6005.14 Pike: A position where the upper body is bent 90° at the waist with legs remaining essentially straight.

6005.15 Layout: The body is extended straight.6005.16 Half Twist: A 180° rotation of the body around its vertical axis in a “free” position,

except in the half out movement the body must be layed out.6005.17 Twist: All twists (including multiple twists in one somersault) have to be performed

in a layout position, except for multiple front somersaults where the “free” position will be allowed.

6005.18 Multiple Maneuvers: Any combination or combinations of the above maneuvers. These must exhibit the full requirements of each of the individual maneuvers included in the combination. For multiple uprights the body must pass through the standard upright position (legs straight and together, skis parallel) before performing the next maneuver.

6005.19 Free Position: A maneuver performed in the puck, pike, tuck or layout position.6005.20 Puck Position: The body is in an open tuck position; the hands do not have to touch

the knees, minimum of a 45° angle, at hips and knees.6005.21 Mute Grab: is when the skier’s hand grabs across the front to the outside edge of

the opposite ski. A Mute Grab is usually done with skis crossed as in an Iron Cross. The ski that is crossed over the top is grabbed in front of the binding’s toe piece. The fingers reach over the top-sheet of the ski and hook the outside edge. This jump is a 360 with Iron Cross with a hand grab of the ski or foot. The iron cross with grab should be held for at least 180° of rotation.

6005.22 Off-Axis Rotation: A complete rotation in which a person rotates around the vertical axis where the axis is tipped between 45° and 135°. Could be incorporated with any number of rotations. (Sometimes informally called a ‘Misty’ for an off-

Page 118: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

116

axis front roll and a ‘Rodeo’ for an off-axis back roll.6005.23 A Neutral is a straight pop (often referred to as a “T Set”) jump. No trick is

performed. A well executed Neutral will include the following characteristics: the athlete pops off of the jump creating increased height of trajectory, the athletes body is fully extended and straight, skis are matched at a 90 degree angle to the body, the athlete is well balanced and controlled in the air, the arms are extended out to the side of the body, facing slightly down the hill in a in a slight V position.

A neutral may not be combined with any other tricks. It must stand alone as a single maneuver.

6006 Degree of Difficulty Chart and Multipliers6006.1 Calculation of Degree of Difficulty Base Degree of Difficulty (DD) for Jumps =1.50 Any possible combination of the below offered tricks may be combined to form a

maneuver in a single jump with the consequent DD to be added the base.6006.1.1 Uprights (may be added to any following categories) DD Code Neutral 0.06 N Tuck 0.08 Tk Pike 0.08 Pk Kosak 0.12 K Mule Kick 0.12 M Spread Eagle 0.10 S Daffy 0.12 D Zudnik 0.07 Z Twister 0.10 T Back Scratcher 0.12 Y Iron Cross or Leg Cross/Uncross 0.12 X Japan Air 0.10 J Grab 0.13 G 2-Hand Grab 0.18 2G Switch (each time, only one per takeoff and/or landing) 0.10 -6006.1.2 Rotations DD Code Zero Spin (switch straight air) 0.01 0 180 0.14 1 360 (Helicopter) 0.28 3 540 0.42 5 720 0.56 7 900 0.70 9 1080 0.84 10 1260 0.98 12 1440 1.12 14 1620 1.26 16 1800 1.40 18 Off Axis (bonus may follow any of the above rotations) 0.20 o Double Off Axis bonus 0.45 oo Triple Off Axis bonus 0.80 ooo Right spin direction r Left spin direction l

Page 119: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

117

6006.1.3 Somersaults Back Front & Side Jump Description DD DD Code b.. (back) f.. (front) l.. (loop/side) Single flip 0.55 0.60 L Double flip 1.15 1.30 LL Triple flip 1.80 2.10 LLL Quad flip 2.50 3.0 LLLL Position (Tucked, Piked, Pucked or “free”) -0.05 -0.10 P Tuck 0.05 0.10 Tk Pike 0.05 0.10 Pk Half twist 0.125 0.15 H Full twist 0.25 0.30 F 1 ½ twist (Rudy) 0.45 0.55 Ru Double twist 0.65 0.80 dF 2 ½ twist (Randy) 0.85 1.05 Ra Triple twist 1.05 1.30 tF 3 ½ twist (Adolf) 1.25 1.55 Rz Quad twist 1.45 1.80 qF All somersaults will be based and scored as a Layout Special Provisions: Maneuvers may be announced and performed in a position (Tuck, Pike, Pucked or

“free”), in which case, a factored deduction applies and will be designated by a “P” replacing the “L” in straight over somersaults (example b P instead of b L) or by a “p” after the letter designating the twist (examples b HpH or f FpFp).

6006.2 Difficulty Charts (Examples) DD Code6006.2.1 Upright Jumps Grab 1.63 G Twister-Twister 1.70 TT Daffy-Mule Kick-Spread 1.84 DMS6006.2.2 Rotational Jumps Switch-180-Iron Cross-Grab 1.99 -1XG 180-Iron Cross-Grab-180-Spread 2.13 1XG1S 720-Spread 2.16 7S 1080 2.34 10 Misty 540 2.22 5o- Rodeo 720-Grab 2.39 7oG D-Spin 900-Iron Cross-Grab 2.75 9oXG- Bio spin 1080-Mute Grab-Safety Grab 2.92 10oXGG Cork 720-Truck Driver 2.44 7o2G6006.2.3 Single Somersaults Front Position (Tuck or Pike) 2.0 f P Front Lay 2.10 f L Back Position (Tuck, or Pike) 2.0 b P Back Lay 2.05 b L Back Tuck -Switch 2.20 -b P-

Page 120: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

118

Back Somersault-Switch-Iron Cross-Grab 2.45 -b PXG- Loop Position (Tuck or Pike) 2.0 l P Loop Lay 2.10 l L Loop Tuck -Switch 2.20 -l P-6006.2.4 Double Somersaults Front Tuck-Pike, or any combination of 2.60 f PP Front Lay-Tuck 2.70 f LP Front Lay-Lay 2.80 f LL Back Tuck-Pike, or any combination of 2.55 b PP Back Lay-Tuck 2.60 b LP Back Lay-lay 2.65 b LL Back Tuck-Pike-Switch 2.75 -b PP-6006.2.5 Triple Somersaults Front Tuck or Pike 3.30 f PPP Front Lay-Tuck-Tuck 3.40 f LPP Front Lay-Lay-Tuck 3.50 f LLP Front Lay-Lay-Lay 3.60 f LLL Back Tuck, Pike 3.15 b PPP Back Lay-Tuck-Tuck 3.20 b LPP Back Lay-Lay-Tuck 3.25 b LLP Back Lay-Tuck-Lay 3.25 b LPL Back Lay-Lay-Lay 3.30 b LLL6006.2.6 Single Somersaults w/Twists Front Half (Half-in “free” position) 2.25 f Hp- Switch-Front Half (“free” position) 2.25 -f Hp Front Half 2.35 f H- Switch-Front Half 2.35 -f H Front Full 2.40 f F Front Rudy 2.75 f Ru- Front Double Full 2.90 f dF Loop Half-Switch (lincoln 180) 2.35 l H- Loop Full (lincoln 360) 2.40 l F Back Half (Free position) 2.225 b Hp- Switch-Back Half 2.275 -b H Back Full 2.30 b F Back Half-Iron Cross-Grab (Free position) 2.475 b HpXG- Back Double Full 2.70 b dF6006.2.7 Double Somersaults w/Twists Front Half-Half (Half-in “free” position) 3.0 f HpH Front Half-Half 3.10 f HH Front Full-Tuck 3.0 f FP Front Full-Lay 3.10 f FL Front Full-Full 3.40 f FF Front Tuck-Double Full 3.50 f PdF Front Lay-Double Full 3.60 f LdF Back Half-Half (Half-in “free” position) 2.850 b HpH

Page 121: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

119

Back Half-Half 2.90 b HH Back Full-Tuck or Pike 2.850 b FP Back Tuck-Full 2.850 b PF Back Lay-Full 2.90 b LF Back Full-Lay 2.90 b FL Back Full-Full 3.150 b FF Back 1½-Half 3.225 b RuH Back Half-Rudy (Half-in “free” position) 3.175 b HpRu Back Half-Rudy 3.225 b HRu Back Tuck-Double Full 3.250 b PdF Back Lay-Double Full 3.30 b LdF Back Double Full-Tuck 3.250 b dFP Back Double Full-Lay 3.30 b dFL Back Full-Double Full 3.550 b FdF Back Double Full-Full 3.550 b dFF Back 1½-Rudy 3.550 b RuRu Back Half-Randy (Half-in “free” position) 3.575 b HpRa Back Half-Randy 3.625 b HRa Back 2½-Half 3.625 b RaH Back Lay-Triple Full 3.70 b LtF Back Triple Full-Lay 3.70 b tFL Back Double Full-Double Full 3.950 b dFdF6006.2.8 Triple Somersaults w/Twists Front Full-Tuck-Tuck 3.70 f FPP Front Full-Full-Tuck 4.10 f FFP Back Lay-Half (position)-Half 3.50 b LHpH Back Lay-Half-Half 3.550 b LHH Back Half (position)-Tuck-Half 3.450 b HpPH Back Half-Tuck-Half 3.50 b HPH Back Full-Tuck-Tuck 3.450 b FPP Back Lay-Full-Tuck 3.50 b LFP Back Lay-Tuck-Full 3.50 b LPF Back Lay-Lay-Full 3.550 b LLF Back Half (position)-Half-Full 3.750 b HpHF Back Half (position)-Full-Half 3.750 b HpFH Back Full-Half (position)-Half 3.750 b FHH Back Half-Half-Full 3.80 b HHF Back Half-Full-Half 3.80 b HFH Back Full-Half-Half 3.80 b FHH Back Full-Full-Tuck 3.750 b FFP Back Full-Tuck-Full 3.750 b FPF Back Lay-Full-Full 3.80 b LFF Back 1½-Tuck-Half 3.825 b RuPH Back Full-Full-Full 4.050 b FFF Back 1½-Full-Half 4.10 b RuFH Back Half (position)-Rudy-Full 4.10 b HpRuF

Page 122: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

120

Back Half-Rudy-Full 4.10 b HRuF Back Full-double Full-Tuck 4.125 b FdFP Back 1½-Tuck-Rudy 4.150 b RuPRu Back Half (position)-Randy-Tuck 4.175 b HRaP Back Lay-double Full-Full 4.175 b LdFF Back Half-Randy-Tuck 4.225 b HRaP Back Half (position)-Randy-Lay 4.225 b HpRaL Back Half-Randy-Lay 4.275 b HRaL Back Full-double Full-Full 4.425 b FdFF Back double Full-Full-Full 4.425 b dFFF Back 1½-Rudy-Full 4.45 b RuRuF Back Half (position)-Randy-Full 4.475 b HpRaF Back Rudy-Full-Rudy 4.50 b RuFRu Back double Full-Full-Full 4.525 b dFFF Back Half-Randy-Full 4.525 b HRaF Back Full-triple Full Tuck 4.60 b FtFT Back Lay-triple Full-Full 4.650 b LtFF Back Rudy-Randy-Full 4.825 bRuRaF Back Full-double Full-double Full 4.90 b FdFdF Back double Full-double Full-Full 4.90 b dFdFF Back Full-triple Full-Full 4.90 b FtFF Back Full-Full-double Full 5.0 b FFdF6006.2.9 Quad Somersaults (with & without twists) Back Lay-Tuck-Tuck-Tuck 3.850 b LPPP Back Lay-Tuck-Tuck-Full 4.150 b LPPF Back Lay-Tuck-Full-Full 4.450 b LPFF Back Lay-Full-Full-Full 4.750 b LFFF Back Full-Full-Full-Full 5.0 b FFFF Back Half (position)-Rudy-Full-Full 5.025 b HpRuFF Back Half-Rudy-Full-Full 5.075 b HRuFF6007 dNF/rerun If a jump is performed that is the same as the first jump the score is DNF. Refer to

section 6008 for information regarding which jumps are considered to be different. Rerun granted for loss of ski(s) after takeoff and before landing, see Rules

3057.1.14 and 3058.1. Only one rerun granted for loss of ski(s) for each round. If the rerun is not used the score will be DNF. Loss of ski(s) during or after landing shall be evaluated by the judges in accordance with the judging criteria.

6008 Definition of Different Jumps A competitor shall be required to perform two different aerial jumps. If two jumps

are the same, only the first jump counts.6008.1 Two jumps are different if any of the following are true: 1) They have a different orientation to the axis of the spin. (Off axis versus

horizontal axis versus vertical axis). Or contain a rotational difference of 180 degrees or more.

2) For off axis, inverted and upright jumps with a single flip, 360 rotation, or less. a) The jump code is different. 3) For off axis, and inverted jumps with greater than a single flip, or rotation greater

Page 123: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

121

than 360. a) They have a different take-off or landing direction (-) b) They have different direction of rotation (b, f, s, r) c) They have a different number of half rotations or half twists (horizontal or off

axis). 2) They have a different number of half rotations or half twists (horizontal or off

axis) 3) They have a different take-off or landing direction (-) 4) They have a different direction of rotation (b, f, s) 5) They have different upright components, or the components are in a different

order. For non-rotational upright jumps only 6) An inverted component in one differs by at least a full twist from the

corresponding inverted component in the other6008.2 The following are considered equivalent components: 1) All grabs 2) Spread Eagle (S), Kosak (K), Zudnick (Z) 3) Back Scratcher (Y), Mule Kick (M), Iron Cross (X) Note: Positions (p) are upright components when included with a rotation6008.3 Special Provisions for Single Somersaults A Layout is different from a flip with position.6009 tie breaking In the case of a tie the highest total scoring jump will determine the winner. (Note:

This includes DD factor) If the tie cannot be broken by this procedure, both competitors will receive the

same placing.6010 practice of Jumps Competitors must perform in the official competition training period of each event

the most difficult (highest DD) type of jump they will perform in that competition from any category. i.e. Back, Front or upright.

6200 moGUlS6201 Definition Moguls competition shall consist of one run of free skiing on a steep, heavily

moguled course, stressing technical turns, aerial maneuvers and speed. See 3060.2 concerning Semi-Finals and Finals.

6202 Scoring6202.1 Turns; Consisting of 50% of the score.6202.2 Air; Consisting of 25% of the score.6202.3 Speed; Consisting of 25% of the score.6203 Scoring procedures6203.1 7 Judge Format The judges will evaluate the competitor’s performance using a split scoring system

as follows:6203.1.1 Turn Judges Five judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based upon

the criteria as stated in 6204.1. The high and low scores shall be discarded and the

Page 124: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

122

remaining three scores added together.6203.1.2 Air Judges Each judge shall give 0.0 to 2.5 for each of two jumps. Foe each jump, the judge’s

score is multiplied by the jump’s DD (see 6204.2.1.2). Then the two products are added for that judge’s total score. The two judges total scores are averaged for a total air score.

6203.1.3 Total Score The average of the two air scores is added to the total of the three counting turn

scores to get the competitors total judges score. The speed score, as calculated in 6204.3 shall be added to the total judges score to determine the competitor’s complete moguls score.

6203.2 5 Judge Format The judges will evaluate the competitor’s performance using a split scoring system

as follows:6203.2.1 Turn Judges Three judges shall independently evaluate the competitor’s performance based

upon the criteria as stated in 6204.1. The three scores shall be added together.6203.2.2 Air Judges - See 6203.1.26203.2.3 Total Score The average of the two air scores is added to the total of the three counting turn

scores to get the competitors total judges score. The speed score, as calculated in 6204.3 shall be added to the total judges score to determine the competitor’s complete moguls score.

6204 Judging criteria6204.1 Turns (50% of the Score) Min = 0.1 / Max = 5.0 Turns, as judging criteria refer to a technical evaluation of how well a competitor

turns through the moguls. Turns, in a moguls event, refer to rhythmic changes in direction of travel to either side of the fall line, utilizing an aggressive, controlled technique. The competitor shall be judged from the start until the run is completed by crossing the finish line, stopping for more than 10 seconds or losing both skis. Any imbalance or problems inside the course resulting in a fall or touch after the finish line will result in deductions only for those errors which occur before the finish line. The finish line is part of the course. Nothing occurring after the finish line shall affect the judges evaluation of the run.

6204.1.1 There are Four Points to Consider6204.1.1.1 Fall Line Skiing in the fall line is considered the shortest way from the start to the finish. To

achieve the maximum points for fall line the competitor should stay in the selected fall line out of the start gate.

6204.1.1.2 Carving All turns should be initiated by carving. Carving means efficient use of edging to

control speed in and out of the turn throughout the whole run. In carving action the hip is following the skier’s centerline (hip is not doing side

to side movement). Legs should be held together. Turns are controlled by carving, through a combination of hip-knee and ankle angulations. Carving is the result of correctly timed weight shifting. The turn is carving when the ski tail is following the tip.

6204.1.1.3 Absorption and Extension The skier should follow the shape of the moguls through absorption form the

Page 125: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

123

start until the top of the mogul. Extension starts right after the top of the mogul. Extension also follows the shape of the mogul. Pressure between skis and snow should remain the same during the absorption and extension, absorbing as the ski moves up and extending as the skier moves down. Additionally, the skier should aggressively utilize the moguls to assist initiation of turns rather than waiting for the moguls.

6204.1.1.4 Upper Body The head should remain still, facing downhill. The chest should also stay straight

and natural. Hands stay in front of the body in a natural position. Pole plants should be light and wrist movement goes forward.

6204.1.2 Moguls point guideline Excellent 4.6 - 5.0 Very good 4.1 - 4.5 Good 3.6 - 4.0 Above Average 3.1 - 3.5 Competent 2.6 - 3.0 Below average 2.1 - 2.5 Poor 1.1 - 2.0 Very poor 0.1 - 1.0 Not skied 0.0 - DNF/DNS6204.1.3 At a course with 9 control gates (each control gate counts 1/10 of the course) it is

recommended to reduce the Turn score by 0.5 for each section a competitor has complete loss of control or does not ski.

6204.2 Air (25% of the Score) Min = 0.0 / Max = 7.56204.2.1 The scoring of air is broken into two parts, Air and Difficulty. The maneuver will

be evaluated for form out of 2.5 with a degree of difficulty multiplier, based on the maneuvers(s) performed. See 6204.2.1.2

6204.2.1.1 Form Priorities to judge form and position of the jumps in moguls skiing are set as

follows: First Quality (Form, Landing) Second Air (Height and Distance) Third Spontaneity: Spontaneity is the ability of the competitor to maintain the

rhythm of turns prior to the jump, including the initiation of takeoff. Note: Air in moguls will be judged until the skier is in full control. When judging form for all jump groups (uprights, flips, off-axis, etc.) the primary

factor for evaluation is the “Purposeful Motion” utilized by the competitor. Purposeful motion means: • athleticism displayed • control • balance, and • continuity of motion. All jumps, including traditional jumps (such as uprights and vertical axis rotations)

and new jumps (such as off-axis rotations), will be evaluated using the Purposeful Movement criteria.

For example: the prior criteria for a twister-spread required that specific positions be reached (reference 90°). The new criteria will reward an athlete who performs maneuvers that have the same amount of completion (both the twister and spread

Page 126: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

124

to 90°, for example) under the Continuity of Motion criteria; precise separation between the twister and the spread will be rewarded under the Control criteria; smooth motion, axis, and steady arm positions with the Balance criteria; and extension, or amplitude of positions achieved under the Athleticism criteria.

Maximum raw point allotment: 2.5/jump. Note: Jumps must receive at least 0.1 form points to receive difficulty multiplier. The height of the jumps should be related to the weight point of the body (not to

the head, or top or body). POINT GUIDELINE Excellent Jump 2.1 - 2.5 Good Jump 1.6 - 2.0 Average Jump 1.1 - 1.5 Poor Jump 0.6 - 1.0 Very Poor Jump 0.0 - 0.56204.2.1.2 Jump codes, values and degree of difficulty will be posed in the freestyle/

freeskiing section of www.ussa.org.6204.2.2 If two jumps are the same, only the greater scoring jump counts. Two jumps are

different if any of the following are true: • They have a different number of positions (p) or grabs (g) • They have a different number of half rotations or half twists (horizontal, off-axis

or inverted) • They have a different take-off or landing direction (-) • For inverted jumps, they have a different direction of rotation (b, f, s) • For non-rotational jumps, they have different upright components, or the

components are in different order • An inverted component in one differs by more than a full twist from the

corresponding inverted component in the other The following are considered equivalent components: • All grabs • Spread eagle (S), kosak (K), zudnick (Z) • Back scratcher (Y), mule kick (M), iron cross (X) Note: positions (p) are upright components when included with a rotation.6204.2.3 Full control must be gained after every jump, resulting in controlled turns. If a

competitor loses a ski while performing a jump in moguls, the jump shall receive no credit.

If a competitor jumps over the light beam at the finish line he will not receive any time points. If a competitor lands a jump with the ski boot(s) on or before the finish line the jump is counted.

6204.2.4 Falls After Jumps • The jump is judged up to a safe, controlled landing. • If the landing is missed the jump score is affected. • Falls and touch downs also affect the turn score.6204.3 Speed (25% of the Score) Min = 0.0 / Max = 7.5 Speed is simply the amount of time taken to complete the run. Time shall be taken

from the moment that the competitor leaves the starting gate until they cross the finish line. The points awarded for speed will be called time points and calculated with the following procedure:

6204.3.1 Pace Time

Page 127: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

125

The Pace time for the moguls is 8.2 m/sec for women and 9.7 m/sec for men. To calculate the Pace Time for a specific course, take the length of the course in meters and divide by the Pace Time in m/sec.

6204.3.2 Speed Calculation (same for 5 or 7 judges in split scoring) Speed points will be based upon the FIS speed formula using course distance. The pace set time shall equal a point value of 6.0 points. This is based upon 80%

value of the maximum time points available to the competitor (three judges’ scores at 2.5 points each, equals 7.5 points maximum speed score). Each skiers time will be used to calculate that skiers time points based upon the following formula:

Each 1.0 percent increment of time difference greater or lesser than the pace set time shall be equal to 0.12 points. Times faster than the pace set time will be awarded scores greater than 6.0 but in no event greater than 7.5. Times slower than the pace set time will be awarded scores lower than 6.0 but in no event less than 0 points. The result of this formula will be truncated to two decimal places.

Example: Length of course = 220 m Pace time value men = 9.7 m/s Pace set time = 22.68 seconds 22.68 seconds = 6.0 points (80 % of maximum points available) 1) Difference of competitor time to pace set time. 2) 1.0 % time increment calculated on pace set time. 3) Each 1.0 % time increment equal to 0.12 points, plus or minus from 6.0. Formula: The time points can be easily calculated by using the following formula, known as

the “Grange Formula”: Time Points = 18.00 - 12 X Competitor’s Time/Pace Set Time6204.4 Deductions6204.4.1 Deduction of Turn Score The “Deductions” category is only for deductions of falls, complete stops and

interruptions/sliding where downhill momentum is significantly slowed down. All other errors in the run should be reflected in the “Turns” category.

“Stumbles” that do not involve stops or falls and “Interruption/sliding” that does not involve significant reduction in down hill momentum are not considered in the Deductions category. They are considered when awarding Turns points.

1.5 Any complete stop 1.1 – 1.4 Complete fall without stop or interruption/significant sliding down fall

line or across hill to nearly a complete stop 0.8 – 1.0 Hard touch down or front roll without stop or interruption/sliding

significantly reducing down hill momentum 0.6 – 0.7 Medium touch down without stop 0.1 – 0.5 Light touch down without interruption Definitions • Light touch down: Momentary touch with one or both hands. • Medium touch down: Touch with hips or arm(s). • Hard touch down: Back or side slap, or front roll. • Complete fall: Full body contact, no weight on skis. • 1 Complete stop: A complete stop for any reason. Notes

Page 128: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

126

1) If a competitor does not stop, touch down or slide significantly reducing downhill momentum, do not use the deductions category. All errors in form not involving a touch down, stop or significant sliding should be scored in the turns category.

Example: A competitor loses control and rides the tails of her skis with no turns for 2 control gates. Maximum turns score = 4.0. No marks for this in the deductions category.

2) A competitor loses his balance after a jump and does a back slap then immediately continues skiing with no fall line break. Deductions = 0.8 - 1.0, and no effect on Turns score.

3) A competitor shoots half the course (no turns). Maximum turns score = 2.5. No effect on deductions score.

4) A competitor loses control and traverses 90° to the course, but doesn’t stop, touch or slow down significantly. Turns points are reduced for the loss of fall line, loss of control and (if appropriate) no turning between control gates.

5) A competitor has a complete fall and slides two control gates to a stop, then continues skiing. Maximum turns points = 4.0. Deductions = 1.5.

6) A competitor loses control for one control gate and then slides sideways on skis to “almost” a complete stop (no touch down), then completes the run. Maximum Turns points = 4.5. Deductions = 1.1 – 1.4

6204.5 Tie-Breaking Single Moguls Format6204.5.1 5 Judge Format Tie breaking will be done by a comparison on a complete score by complete score

basis, with each line of the calculation shown below being truncated to two decimal places.

The complete score for each Turns judge is calculated as follows: Turns score plus one-third of the average (arithmetic mean) of the Air scores plus one-third of the Speed points. The result is then truncated to two decimal places.

Score 1 Score 2 Score 3 J1 + (J4 + J5) / 6 + J2 + (J4 + J5) / 6 + J3 + (J4 + J5) / 6 + (speed points) / 3 (speed points) / 3 (speed points) / 3 In the event of a multiple way tie, the tie shall be broken by adding up the total

number of tie break points using a complete score by complete score comparison, pair by pair as described below:

The competitor will receive one tie break point for a higher complete score, 0.5 for a tie and 0 for a lower complete score.

After comparing each competitor in each tie, the competitor’s tie break points will be added together. Competitors will be ranked in order of their total tie break points.

If still tied after this procedure, they will stay tied and competitors will receive the same placing.

i.e. Competitor 1 7.03 6.83 7.33 1.5 Competitor 2 7.23 6.83 7.03 1.5 Competitor 1 7.03 6.83 7.33 2 Competitor 3 6.76 7.16 7.16 1 Competitor 2 7.23 6.83 7.03 1 Competitor 3 6.76 7.16 7.16 2 1st Place Competitor 1 total: 3.5 2nd Place Competitor 3 total: 3

Page 129: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

127

3rd Place Competitor 2 total: 2.56204.5.2 7 Judge Format Tie breaking will be done by a comparison on a complete score by complete score

basis, with each line of the calculation shown below being truncated to two decimal places.

The complete score for each Turns judge is calculated as follows: Turns score plus one-third of the average (arithmetic mean) of the Air scores plus one-third of the speed points. The result is then truncated to two decimal places.

Score 1 Score 2 Score 3 Score 4 Score 5 J1+(J6+J7)/6+ J2+(J6+J7)/6+ J3+(J6+J7)/6+ J4+(J6+J7)/6+

J5+(J6+J7)/6+ (speed pts)/3 (speed pts)/3 (speed pts)/3 (speed pts)/3

(speed pts)/3 In the event of a multiple way tie, the tie shall be broken by adding up the total

number of tie break points using a complete score by complete score comparison, pair by pair as described below:

The competitor will receive one tie break point for a higher complete score, 0.5 for a tie and 0 for a lower complete score.

After comparing each competitor in each tie, the competitor’s tie break points will be added together. Competitors will be ranked in order of their total tie break points.

If still tied after this procedure, they will stay tied and competitors will receive the same placing.

i.e. Competitor 1 7.03 6.83 7.33 6.83 7.23 2.5 Competitor 2 7.23 6.83 7.03 7.33 6.83 2.5 Competitor 1 7.03 6.83 7.33 6.83 7.23 4 Competitor 3 6.76 7.16 7.16 6.56 7.16 1 Competitor 2 7.23 6.83 7.03 7.33 6.83 2 Competitor 3 6.76 7.16 7.16 6.56 7.16 3 1st Place Competitor 1 total: 6.5 2nd Place Competitor 2 total: 4.5 3rd Place Competitor 3 total: 46205 Special procedures: moguls6205.1 Loss of Ski(s) and Stops If a competitor loses a ski before the finish line he may finish on one ski. The

competitor will be judged according to their performance. If the competitor does not continue the run and fails to put their ski back on in a 10 second time limit, they will be judged up to that point (0 time points). If a competitor loses both skis, they will be judged up to that point (0 time points). If a competitor stops in the moguls course for more than 10 seconds, the competitor will be scored to that point (there are no time points). The competitor should exit the course as soon as possible.

6205.2 Number of Aerial Maneuvers All courses will be two jump courses for international competitions. The

recommended number of aerial maneuvers shall not restrict the competitor to the stated amount, but represents the number of aerial maneuvers that will receive evaluation. For example, if the Jury recommends two aerial maneuvers, a competitor who performs only one maneuver can only receive a maximum of 50% of the total possible aerial score. Maneuvers in excess of the recommended amount will be disregarded in order of lowest to the highest scoring. If a jump is repeated

Page 130: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

128

the best one will count. For example, if two aerial maneuvers are recommended and a competitor performs three maneuvers, the judges will score the best two different maneuvers.

However, a competitor should be careful not to perform aerial maneuvers in such excess that the Judge’s score for turns are negatively affected.

6300 dUAl moGUlS6301 Definition The dual moguls competition shall consist of elimination rounds where pairs of

competitors compete against each other. Each loser is eliminated and each winner advances to the next round until a final result is achieved. The competition will take place on a steep, heavily moguled course, stressing technical turns, aerial maneuvers and speed.

6302 pairings Refer to section 4305.6303 Scoring procedures In dual moguls Format, each judge shall determine which competitor more fully

exhibits the requirements set forth in Rule 6204, Judging Criteria for Moguls, and indicate such selection by the dual moguls system, corresponding to the course on which such competitor competed.

The loser shall be eliminated and the winners move on to the next round until the final placing is determined. See Rule 6304 for additional event procedures.

6304 Judging procedure, dual moguls Format6304.1 Dual Moguls The judging criteria used in the dual moguls elimination format shall be the same

as set forth in Rule 6204.1 “Turns” and Rule 6204.2 and 6305.4 “Air”. Speed is a comparison of relative time as per rule 6304.2.3

6304.1.1 Five Judges Format A panel of five judges shall administer scores based upon specific duties for each

judge as follows: AIR - One Judge SPEED - One Judge TURNS - Two Judges OVERALL PERFORMANCE - One Judge J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 Turns Turns Speed Air Overall Speed is a comparison of relative time as per rule 6304.2.36304.1.2 Seven Judge Format A panel of seven judges shall administer scores based upon specific duties for each

judge as follows: AIR - Two Judges SPEED - One Judge TURNS - Four Judges J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 Turns Turns Turns Turns Air Air Speed Speed is a comparison of relative time as per rule 6304.2.36304.2 Dual Moguls System In the dual moguls system, each judge has a set of paddles or cards that remain

Page 131: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

129

out of view until the Head Judge announces “judges are ready to vote”. Then each judge raises the paddle or cards chosen keeping it clearly visible for the competitors, spectators, announcers and scorekeepers to see, until the Head Judge announces the command `paddles down’.

The paddles or cards should be round with a diameter of approximately 25 cm. The cards or paddles are to be marked in a pie-format in the correct proportions (5-0, 4-1, 3-2, 2-3, 1-4, 0-5) painted in colors red and/or blue, on both sides, corresponding to the voting possibilities of the judges. On the scaffolding in front of the respective judges, boards have to be placed showing the judges scoring responsibility (T-turns, A-air, S-speed, O-overall)

6304.2.1 Scoring Each judge will have a total of five possible votes to cast, with possible combinations

of 5-0, 4-1, 3-2, 2-3, 1-4, or 0-5, for the red course vs. the blue course. This results in 25 or 35 possible votes to be cast as follows:

7 Judges 5 Judges Turns #1: 5 votes Turns #1 5 votes Turns #2: 5 votes Turns #2 5 votes Turns #3: 5 votes Air 5 votes Turns #4: 5 votes Speed 5 votes Air #1: 5 votes Overall 3 votes Turns Air #2: 5 votes 1 vote air, 1 vote speed Speed: 5 votes Total: 35 votes 25 votes A scorekeeper will be on the Judge’s stand assisting the Head Judge to add up all

the votes. The result will be written in the protocol and announced immediately. The winner of each match will be the competitor who received the simple majority of votes.

The scorekeeper is also responsible to note all decisions of each judge on a protocol form.

6304.2.1.1 Tie-Breaking 5 Judges Dual Moguls Format All ties can be broken in the 5 judge dual moguls format. If there is a tie in speed,

the overall judge has 4 votes resulting in 19 possible votes. If there is a tie in air (neither athlete jumps), the overall judge has 4 votes resulting in 19 possible votes. If there is a tie for both speed and air, the overall judge has 3 votes resulting in 13 possible votes.

6304.2.1.2 Tie-Breaking 7 Judges Dual Moguls Format If a tie arises in SPEED or AIR or through a combination of both, the judge-by-

judge comparison will apply. If still tied after this procedure the competitors will receive a rerun.

T1 T2 T3 T4 A1 A2 S (tied) + + + + red 3 3 3 4 1 1 0 red+4 red wins blue 2 2 2 1 4 4 0 blue+2 T1 T2 T3 T4 A1 A2 S (tied) + + + red 3 3 3 2 2 2 0 red+3 stays tied blue 2 2 2 3 3 3 0 blue+3 rerun + + +

Page 132: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

130

6304.2.2 In case there is a tie for the last place qualifying for dual moguls finals, the following will apply: If two people are tied (8th place in women or 16th place in men) the two will dual immediately before the first dual round. The winner will advance to the first dual round. If more than two people are tied, i.e. a three-way tie for 8th place of the women, each will ski a single run with the winner advancing to the duals.

6304.2.3 Timing Electronic timing has to be used at all events. Timing systems should be mounted

at the finish of both courses so that the time difference between the competitors can be calculated. Judging points will be awarded as follows:

- Both competitors are within 0.74 seconds = 3/2 - The time difference is between 0.75 and 1.49 seconds: = 4/1 - The time difference is equal to or greater than 1.5 seconds: = 5/06305 Special procedures: dual moguls6305.1 Loss of Ski(s) and Stops If a competitor loses a ski before the finish line he may finish on one ski. The

competitor will be judged according to their performance. If the competitor does not continue the run and fails to put their ski back on in a 10 second time limit, they will be judged up to that point (0 time points). If a competitor loses both skis, they will be judged up to that point (0 time points). If a competitor stops in the moguls course for more than 10 seconds, the competitor will be scored to that point (there are no time points). The competitor should exit the course as soon as possible.

6305.2 Number of Aerial Maneuvers All courses will be two jump courses for international competitions. The

recommended number of aerial maneuvers shall not restrict the competitor to the stated amount, but represents the number of aerial maneuvers that will receive evaluation. For example, if the Jury recommends two aerial maneuvers, a competitor who performs only one maneuver can only receive a maximum of 50% of the total possible aerial score. Maneuvers in excess of the recommended amount will be disregarded in order of lowest to the highest scoring. If a jump is repeated the best one will count. For example, if two aerial maneuvers are recommended and a competitor performs three maneuvers, the judges will score the best two different maneuvers. However, a competitor should be careful not to perform aerial maneuvers in such excess that the Judge’s score for turns are negatively affected.

6305.4 Scoring Air in Dual Moguls.6305.4.1 Air judges evaluate jumps based on the scoring criteria from single moguls

(quality, air and spontaneity), as well as difficulty and variety. Competitors may repeat jumps but judges will consider variety in comparing the two competitors. Variety reflects a different number of maneuvers and different types of maneuvers.

Page 133: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

131

AppeNdIX A Technical Specifications for CoursesAerialsInrun: The area above the inrun transition and table that allows the skier to achieve the

necessary speed to leave the jump and perform the specific maneuver. Length: 60 m ± 5 m Width: 30 m Pitch: 23° ± 3°Inrun Transition: The area between the table and inrun that provides a smooth change of

terrain in the jumps. Length: 9 m ± 3Table: The area where the jumps are located just after the inrun transition and before the

hill knoll. Length: 23 m ± 3 Width: 30 m Pitch: 2.5° ± 1°Landing Hill: The steep area where the skier lands the aerial maneuver. Length: 30 m ± 3 m Top width: 30 m Bottom width: 30 m Pitch: 36° ± 1°Outrun Transition: The area just after the landing hill that provides a smooth change in terrain

to the outrun. Length: 9 m ± 1 mOutrun: The finish area that allows the skier to come to a safe and controlled stop. Length: 35 m ± 5 m Width: 30 m Pitch: 5° ± 5°Uprights Jump Dimensions: Jump 1 Jump 2 Jump 3 Distance to knoll: 13 m ± 1 7 m ± .5 4.0 m Length of jump: 6.0 m 4.5 m 3.5 m Height of jump: 2.0 m 1.6 m 1.2 m Width of jump:`` 1.2 m 1.2 m 1.2 m Pitch of takeoff: 40° ± 2 37° ± 2 34 ± 2° Criteria for Inrun Angles and Lengths: Pitch of inrun Length of inrun Length of Table 22° 65 m 20 m 23° 64 m 21 m 24° 62 m 21 m 25° 60 m 23 m 26° 58 m 24 m 27° 57 m 25 m 28° 55 m 26 m Note: Proposal to increase upright jump angle by 2°.

Page 134: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

132

Inverts Jump Dimensions: Single Double Triple Distance to knoll: 4.0 m 6.5 m 8.0 m Length of jump: 5.5 m 6.0 m 8.3 m Height of jump: 2.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m Width of jump: 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m Pitch of takeoff: 50º 65º 70ºmoguls and dual moguls Moguls Dual Moguls Length: 235 m ± 35 200 ± 50 Width: 20 m ± 5 6.5 m ± 0.5 m Pitch: 28° ± 4° 26.0 ± 5° Start to Judges: 300 m Control Gates: 8 -12 m wide Course Length: 235 m ± 35 m Finish Area: 30 m - 60 m No section measuring 20 m in length may be flatter than 20° or steeper than 37°.Air bumps Air Bump Criteria and Specifications Measurement Maximum Distance - the end of the last bump to the takeoff 4.0 m - 5.0 m Maximum Distance - air bump takeoff to end landing (LZ) 15.0 m Jump Height (JH) 50 m - 60 cm Landing Zone Angle (LZ) in degrees Greater than 26° Takeoff Angle (TA) in degrees of jump 26° to 30° Air Bump Width (not less than) 120 cmSlopestyle Course will be set up in a terrain park using multiple features. At least two of

the features must be different nature (e.g. one rail and one jump). A difficult and an easy option on each feature is best. Judged features should be marked so it is obvious what is being used.

Jump recommended guidelines Height: 1 m - 5 m Distance to knuckle: 4 m - 20 m Landing hill length = double distance to knuckle: 10 m - 40 m Landing hill pitch: 32° ± 5° Takeoff angle: must equal landing hill pitch ± 3°Quarterpipe Pile height: min 4 m Takeoff angle: min 1.2 m wide at 88° last 1 m Transition: min 6 m Base width: min 6 m Recommended sloping back deck Optional additional hip takeoff

Note: One meter equals 3.28 feet

Page 135: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

133

AppeNdIX b Technical Specifications for Divisional Aerial Novice Difficulty Courses* (Terrain Park may be used)*Note: USSA-Eastern B events may exclude the Single Invert Kicker (Jump 5) and replace with a double block Small** as defined in the specs below.Aerials recommended guidelines Inrun: Length: 35 m - 70 m Width: 12 m - 20 m Pitch: 23° ± 3° Transition: Length: 9 m ± 3 m Table: Width: 12 m - 20 m Pitch: 0° ± 3.5° Landing Hill: Length: 18 m - 30 m with a min. 15 m chopped for inverts Top Width: 6 m - 20 m Bottom Width: 12 m - 20 m Pitch: 32° ± 4° Finish Area: 30 m - 60 m The in-run must not be so long as to offer skiers speed that would place them too

far down the hill. It must provide a smooth transition to outrun area large enough for the skier to come to a safe and controlled stop. Depending on the venue and the level of competitors, appropriate combinations of these jumps may be used.

Jump Dimensions: Small *Small Med. (7 m) Distance to knoll: 4 m 4 m 7 m Length of jump: 5 m 5 m 4.5 m Height of jump: 1.2 m 1.2 m 1.6 m Width of jump: 1.2 m 2.4 m 2 m - 5 m Pitch of takeoff: 32° ± 2° 47° ± 2° 36° ± 2° Large Single Novice (optional) Distance to knoll: 14 m 4 m 1.5 m Length of jump: 7 m 5.5 m 3 m Height of jump: 3 m 2 m 0.8 m Width of jump: 2 m - 5 m 1.5 m 1.2 m Pitch of takeoff: 36° ± 4° 50° 28° ± 2° *A Small may be offered as a double wide block with novice invert specs (Eastern

B meets will offer these specs for non-scored events)

Page 136: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

134

moguls Length: 175 m ± 25 m Width: 15 m Pitch: 16° minimum 4 sets of control gates dividing the course into 5 equal sections are to be set at the

maximum width of the course.

AppeNdIX c Technical Specification for Halfpipe Halfpipe Dimensions Technical Data Minimum Maximum Inclination 14º 18.5º Length 100 m 165 m Width 14 m 20 m Wall Height 3.5 m 7 m Transition radius 3 m 7.2 m Exact Dimensions Vertical 0.3 m at 85° Bottom Flat 5 m one snowcat width Drop in Area 4 m Banner fence from wall 2 m Outside fence from banners 1 m

Page 137: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

135

code oF coNdUct Membership in the United States Ski and Snowboard Association is a privilege, not a right. All USSA members (athletes, coaches, and officials) when participating in any USSA activity must agree to conduct themselves according to USSA’s core values of Team, Loyalty, Integrity, Respect, Perseverance, and Accountability and abide by the spirit and dictates of this Code of Conduct. All members must agree to comport themselves in a sportsmanlike manner, and are responsible for their actions while attending or participating in all USSA activities (including but not limited to camps, competitions, and projects).

Sportsmanlike conduct is defined as, but is not limited to: respect for competition officials, resort employees, and the skiing and snowboarding public, respect for facilities, privileges and operating procedures, the use of courtesy and good manners, acting responsibly and maturely, refraining from the use of profane or abusive language, and abstinence from illegal or immoderate use of alcohol and use of illegal or banned drugs.

While participating in any USSA activity:1. USSA members shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the International Ski Federation

Statutes, the United States Olympic Committee Bylaws, the USSA Bylaws, and the USSA Code of Conduct.

2. USSA members shall conduct themselves at all times and in all places as befits worthy representatives of the United States of America, the United States Olympic Committee, USSA, their region, division, state or club and in accordance with the best traditions of national and international competition.

3. USSA members are responsible for knowledge of and adherence to competition rules and procedures. Members are also responsible for knowledge of and adherence to the rules and procedures of the USSA national teams, camps or other projects when participating in such.

4. USSA members shall maintain high standards of moral and ethical conduct, which includes self-control and responsible behavior, consideration for the physical and emotional well-being of others, and courtesy and good manners.

5. USSA members shall abide by USSA rules and procedures while traveling to and from and participating in official USSA activities.

6. USSA members shall abstain from illegal and/or immoderate consumption of alcohol. Absolutely no consumption of alcohol is permitted for those individuals under the age of 21. Members under 21 years of age shall not participate in gatherings involving consumption of alcohol unless it is an official USSA or event organizer function.

7. No USSA member shall violate the customs, travel or currency regulations of a country while traveling with a USSA group or on a USSA ticket.

8. No USSA member shall commit a criminal act.9. No USSA member shall engage in any conduct that could be perceived as harassment

based upon gender, age, race, religion or disability.10. USSA members will avoid profane or abusive language and disruptive behavior.11. USSA members agree to abide by anti-doping rules and procedures established by WADA,

USADA, and/or FIS.

Failure to comply with any of the above provisions may lead to disciplinary action by the appropriate team or competition leader. Disciplinary action may include: • Removal from the team trip or training camp.

Page 138: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

136

• Suspension from training and/or competition. • Elimination of coaching, travel, and other benefits. • Forfeiture of USSA membership.

USSA is committed to principles of fairness, due process and equal opportunity. Members are entitled to be treated fairly and in compliance with USSA’s Bylaws, policies and procedures. Members are entitled to notice and an opportunity for a hearing before being prevented from participating in protected competition as that term is defined by the USOC Bylaws. Information on the processes for grievances, suspensions and appeals is available at www.ussa.org.

Nothing in this Code shall be deemed to restrict the individual freedom of a USSA member in matters not involving activities in which one could not be perceived as representing USSA. In choices of appearance, lifestyle, behavior and speech while not representing USSA, competitors shall have complete freedom, provided their statements and actions do not adversely affect the name and reputation of the USSA. However, in those events where one is representing or could be perceived as representing USSA, USSA demands that its members understand and agree to behave in a manner consistent with the best traditions of sportsmanship and USSA’s core values.

Last revised May 18, 2008

Page 139: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

137

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 4 9/10/12 11:42 AM

Page 140: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

138

NoteS:

Page 141: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

139

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 3 9/10/12 11:42 AM

Page 142: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

140

NoteS:

Page 143: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

141

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

Print Black, White, P4515 or P5625

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 1 9/10/12 11:41 AM

Page 144: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

142

NoteS:

Page 145: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

143

Thank Youto the following partners of the

U.S. Ski Team, U.S. Snowboarding and U.S. Freeskiing.

1213_CompGuide_ThankYouAds.indd 2 9/10/12 11:41 AM

Page 146: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

144

CONCUSSION CHECKLIST Signs and Symptoms Athletes who experience one or more of the signs and symptoms listed below after a bump, blow, or jolt to the head or body may have a concussion.

Action plan If you suspect that an athlete has a concussion1. Remove the athlete from training and competition.2. Provide athlete/family with USSA concussion parent information and medical evaluation

forms.3. Notify the USSA of suspected concussion - [email protected]. The athlete will be placed on USSA medical hold until the completed medical evaluation

form is received with the signature of a medical professional who has been trained in concussion management within the past three years.

more Information www.cdc.gov/ConcussionInYouthSports

Signs observed by Coaches / Officials

Appears dazed or stunnedmoves clumsily

Answers questions slowlyloses consciousness

(even briefly)Shows behavior, or personality changescan't recall events prior to hit or fall

can't recall events after hit or fall

Symptoms reported by Athlete

Headache or "pressure" in headNausea or vomiting

balance problems or dizzinessdouble or blurry vision

Sensitivity to light or noiseFeeling sluggish, hazy,

foggy or groggyconcentration or

memory problemsDoes not “feel right”

confusion

Page 147: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

Show Us Your DONJOYS!

1 Wright RW, Magnussen RA, Dunn WR, Spindler KP. Ipsilateral Graft and Contralateral ACL Rupture at Five Years of Movre Following ACL Reconstruction. Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery. Am. 2011;93:1159-1165

2 Queen R, Butler RJ, Dai B, Garrett WE. Effects of Knee Extension Constraint Bracing on Lower Extremity Motion Patterns in Post-ACL Reconstruction Patients. Interim report of six and twelve moth data from the ongoing study, 2012.

3 Yu B, Herman D, Preston J, Lu W, Kirkendall DT, Garrett WE. Immediate Effect of a Knee Brace with a Constraint to Knee Extension on Knee Kinematics and Ground reaction Forces in a Stop-Jump Task. American Journal of Sports Medicine. 2004; 32:1136-1143

4 Lin CH, Liu H, Garrett WE, Yu B. Effects of Knee Extension Constraint Brace on Selected Lower Extremity Motion Patterns During a Stop-Jump Task. Journal of Applied Biomechanics. 2008;4;158-165.

© 2012 DJO, LLC

The U.S. Ski Team relies on DonJoy knee braces.Why? Because one brace protects both knees via FourcePoint Technology™. Risk of ACL injury to the healthy knee is double that of the reconstructed knee.1 Rehabilitative training with a DonJoy brace equipped with FourcePoint hinge technology protects both knees2,3,4 with only one brace. So, before you pull on your pants, put on a DonJoy.

Choose confidence. Choose DonJoy. 800.793.6065 | djoglobal.com

2011-2012 U.S. Ski Team (entire team is not pictured)

2012-2052 USSA Ad 2012_FINAL_BW.indd 1 8/10/12 5:20 PM

Page 148: FREESTYLE/FREESKIINGmy.ussa.org/sites/default/files/documents/athletics/compservices/2012-13/...for $10.00 from USSA Membership Customer Service, 435.647.2666. 2 tAble oF coNteNtS

FILE NAMEBILL TO JOB#DESCRIPTIONCLIENTLAST MODIFIEDPREVIOUS USER

4.25” x 7.25”5.25” x 8.25”NoneNone100%5.25” x 8.25”None

20 liberty ship waysausalito, ca 94965

www.bssp.comFONTS Dispatch (Bold, Light, Black), Avenir (45 Book)

LIVETRIMBLEEDGUTTERSCALEACTUALPRINTED

COLU-0540_F12_SkiBum_USSA_PG.inddCOLU-0540F12 Ski Bum – USSA Full PageColumbia8-13-2012 4:43 PMJeremy Zellers / Jeremy Zellers

PLACED GRAPHICS: COLU-0540_F12_SkiBum_BW_PG.tif, Columbia_TS_Lockup_Black.ai

COLORS Black

PUBS2013 USSA Competition Guide – 08/15/12

ROUND #

5

SA:SM: PP:PRF:AD:CW:ACD:ECD:AE:AS:ART:ST:PM:

Jeremy ZellersRyan GraffDeb MummaND KosterAlex RiceChris BullTom CoatesMike ShineAlice YomLindsay GrantRebecca LanthorneEd CottonLauren Parker

We’re funding one starry-eyed idealist ready to commit fully to the pursuit of fresh powder, cold beer, and hot tubs. It will be glorious. The scholarship includes lift tickets, lodging, and a stipend so you can live, learn, and pursue the good life. Apply today at skibumscholarship.com

NO PURCHASE OR PAYMENT NECESSARY TO ENTER OR WIN. A purchase or payment will not improve your chances of winning. Open to legal residents of the fi fty (50) U.S. and the District of Columbia who are at least 21 and the age of majority in their state at time of entry. Limit one entry per person. Entry period begins 10/8/2012 and ends 12/8/2012. Void outside the U.S and where prohibited. For Offi cial Rules and prize descriptions, visit www.facebook.com/ColumbiaSportswear or www.skibumscholarship.com. Sponsor: Columbia Sportswear Company, 14375 N.W. Science Park Dr., Portland, OR 97229. © 2012 Columbia Sportswear Company. All rights reserved.

S:4.25”S:7.25”

T:5.25”T:8.25”

A19

762_

1b_U

SSA

_PG

_BW

.indd

08.1

4.12

100

L/S

HP A19

762x

2B_B

W.ti

f